Home

Avaya Configuring IP Services User's Manual

1. TP00026A Figure 7 1 EGP Connection between Two Autonomous Systems Running RIP The Bay Networks implementation of EGP complies with RFCs 827 and 904 It runs over the same LAN and WAN media protocols that IP runs over including Ethernet Token Ring Synchronous Wellfleet Proprietary Synchronous Frame Relay SMDS X 25 DDN PDN Pt to Pt ATM PVC FDDI T1 E1 HSSI and PPP Note EGP assumes that each advertised network is a natural class network A B or C based on its high order bits EGP cannot advertise or interpret subnets or supernets 7 2 114065 Rev A Customizing EGP Services An EGP router e Acquires EGP neighbors e Determines neighbor reachability e Exchanges network reachability information with its neighbors Each of these capabilities has an associated phase in EGP the Neighbor Acquisition phase the Neighbor Reachability phase and the Network Reachability phase respectively In the acquisition phase EGP is responsible for forming neighbor relationships between routers that are peers Routers that are peers each have an interface to a common network One router attempts to acquire a peer router If the peer agrees to be acquired the two routers form a neighbor relationship They then negotiate the mode of operation and the polling modes Once two routers agree to form a neighbor relationship th
2. Border Router 1 Area C Network Area B Network Area A Network S Cs E CL e AreaA AreaA Internal Internal Router Router Transit Area Key IPOOSOA tinal Figure 5 7 Virtual Link and Transit Area To configure an interface to support a virtual link 1 Identify the transit area that supports the virtual link 2 Identify the interface of the OSPF neighbor at the other end of the virtual link Once you have defined the virtual link you can e Enable and disable the virtual link e Specify a transit delay a retransmit interval a Hello interval and a dead interval for the link e Specify a password 114065 Rev A 5 33 Configuring IP Services You can use Site Manager to perform these operations on an OSPF virtual link Site Manager Transit Area ID parameter page A 90 Site Manager Neighbor s Router ID parameter page A 90 Site Manager Enable parameter page A 91 Site Manager Transit Delay parameter page A 91 Site Manager Retransmit Interval parameter page A 92 Site Manager Hello Interval parameter page A 92 Site Manager Dead Interval parameter page A 93 Site Manager Password parameter page A 93 Defining a Range f
3. Router A Area 0 0 0 1 Router B E21 ABR Router 2 S2 2 128 10 4 4 0 7 255 255 255 252 Router 6 128 10 3 0 __ 255 255 255 0 ASBR 2 T s21 ABR 128 10 4 4 h 255 255 255 252 1 OLE OL S21 EC Router 3 5 021 Router C 6 Router D 128 10 5 0 255 255 255 0 AS IP OSPF Configuration E21 Alu dix 0 Ssz Ssse ssz IP0004A 114065 Rev A IP OSPF Configuration The following tables list non default configuration parameters for Router 1 through Router 6 Parameters that are not shown are set at their defaults Table E 1 Internal Backbone Router 1 SM Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 1 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 2 1 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 65 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 192 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast 114065 Rev A E 3 Configuring IP Services Table E 2 Area Border Router 2 SM Window Parameter
4. J eevee Open Message A to B BOP BGP Speaker A Speaker B Open Message B to A j mN Keepalive Message Ato B woes Speaker A Speaker B Keepalive Message Ato B IP0022A Figure 6 4 Establishing and Confirming a Connection between BGP Peers All BGP speakers respond to connection requests from other speakers By default BGP attempts to initiate a connection on each interface configured for peer to peer communications If the attempt is unsuccessful BGP retries every 120 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a retry interval or disable the initiation function Site Manager Connect Retry Timer parameter page A 9 6 16 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Negotiating the BGP Version BGP peers negotiate the version of BGP that they will use to exchange routing information If you enable both BGP 3 and BGP 4 the router first attempts to use BGP 4 If the BGP peer is not a BGP 4 speaker the router uses BGP 3 By default BGP considers BGP 4 as both the minimum and maximum acceptable version for negotiation You can use Site Manager to specify BGP 3 as the minimum or maximum acceptable version Site Manager Min BGP Version parameter page A 7 Site Manager Max BGP Version parameter page A 8 Keeping the Connection Alive Once a session has been established BGP peers periodically issue a Keepalive message to maintain the connection By default BGP issue
5. Site Manager Peer AS parameter page A 6 e IP address of the local peer There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to supply the IP address of the interface on the local side of this peer to peer connection Site Manager Local Address parameter page A 7 7 Click on OK to enable default BGP service Deleting BGP from the Router You can delete BGP from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete BGP begin at the Configuration Manager window and complete the following steps 1 Select Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Delete BGP A pop up window opens prompting Do you really want to delete BGP 2 Click on OK You are returned to the Configuration Manager window BGP is removed from all circuits on the router 2 10 114065 Rev A Starting IP Services Deleting BGP 3 and BGP 4 from the Router You can delete BGP 3 from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete BGP 3 begin at the Configuration Manager window and complete the following steps 1 Select Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Delete BGP 3 A popup window opens prompting Do you really want to delete BGP 3 2 Click on OK You are returned to the Configuration Manager window BGP 3 is removed from all circuits on the router You can delete BGP 4 from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete BGP 4 begin at the Configuration Manager window and complete
6. Area C Network Area A Network Area B Network Area A Area B Internal Internal Router Router IP0002A Figure 5 6 Area Border Router T i T i Each border router in an AS e Receives routing information from its attached areas creates summaries of this information and forwards the summaries to the backbone and to any other attached area In Figure 5 6 for example Border router 2 floods summaries from Area B to the backbone and Area C Through the backbone the summaries are forwarded to all other areas in the AS e Receives via the backbone summaries from other border routers uses this information to create new routing summaries which add in the cost of the backbone routes and forwards the new summaries to its attached areas 114065 Rev A 5 31 Configuring IP Services By definition a border router has an interface to the backbone and interfaces to one or more other areas To configure OSPF as a border router 1 Assign the backone ID 0 0 0 0 to an OSPF interface 2 Assign an area ID to another OSPF interface The features and functions of OSPF border routers are described in the following sections e Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link through a Transit Area page 5 32 e Defining a Range for a Summary Route page 5 34 e Configuring Border Services for a Stub page 5 34
7. In the network reachability phase EGP is responsible for determining which networks are reachable through two EGP neighbors that is it provides the network reachability information This information provides a list of gateways the networks those gateways can reach and their associated distances Two neighbors determine network reachability by exchanging Poll messages and Routing Update responses as described below e The active neighbor sends a Poll message to a passive neighbor that it already knows to be reachable The Poll message requests routing information from the passive neighbor e The Routing Update Response is the message that contains the routing information the list of gateways on the common network the networks they can reach and associated distances Both active and passive neighbors can send Routing Update messages The active neighbor usually sends a Routing Update Response after it sends a Poll message The passive neighbor usually sends a Routing Update Response in response to a Poll message 7 4 114065 Rev A Customizing EGP Services EGP Implementation Notes This section provides you with some important guidelines to follow when you configure EGP If you do not follow these guidelines EGP will become disabled on the interfaces involved Autonomous system numbers must be between 1 and 65535 Two autonomous systems connected by an EGP link must have different autonomous system numbers The remote
8. 0 ccccceccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeteaes 3 47 BPE Adesso accmudadicieaiieeuin eae eN tase 3 48 Configuring Blacker Front End Support 6 cscs is atone aed eee nies 3 49 Chapter 4 Customizing RIP Services Enabling and Disabling RIP onan MCHC ccciissiccciasscsrennesscadaitisedecamiseodnatiantecany 4 2 See UNS NE RIP oe SRN as sales oie sunsets a auc sian aiaa aa aai ida din Baaada 4 2 Sending RIP Updates on an WiGrace sci ccs ewcatsiielesduiaarnndis minlees 4 3 Sending Tiggered Updated eriin ths sie caivand asters isin A R 4 4 Specifying a Time to Live Value cccceceeeeereeeeee P E serine 4 5 Receiving RIP Updates on ah Wile 6G siiccivscnssesstacehuaonesttecaceisanchinaivedanioendaucencinacteiesee 4 5 Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeseeteneees 4 6 Supplying a Default Rovie on an IMeriaCE urisini 4 7 Letening ra Defan ROue 2 ttse acest tania 4 7 Configuring RIP for Equal Cost Multipath Support cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 4 8 Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized ROUTO e ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 4 9 Seting RIP Timers OF an IMSHACE occ ccccccssasnccdesaaadectassssccsse vaaacadsrsianceneriadecesanbantectens 4 9 mec vine an Update Mite rial scsciesassscccesncsiacanesehsisance aaia 4 9 viii 114065 Rev A POON VIN a Timeout PRON sich asccctstanascrsarsancocn teaseretiasaosdeeainnancereinaaaageianceees 4 10
9. 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Specific Inter AS Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Null Null or an AS metric Specifies a value for the inter AS metric Supply a value and set the inter AS Metric Selector parameter to Specified BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 25 Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies As Is As Is IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies an Origin attribute override The Origin attribute of a route matching this policy will be replaced with the indicated value To allow the existing Origin attribute use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 26 AS Path Override Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies an AS path override Enter a non null value to override the AS path attribute of a route matching this policy Each element of the AS path is an AS number Valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate Use the default empty list to allow the existing AS path attribute to remain in the route 1 3 6 1 4 1
10. Aggregator Router List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more BGP routers This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their Aggregator path attribute an IP address on this list To specify that this policy applies to BGP advertisements with any router address in the Aggregator path attribute use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 15 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Local Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies 0 0 to 4294967295 Assigns a local preference value to a route matching this policy This value overrides the calculated value for EBGP routes or the Local Preference path attribute for IBGP routes To indicate a preference enter a value from 1 to 4294967295 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 16 BGP 4 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies 1 1 to 16 Specifies a value that can be used to compare a route that matches this policy with other BGP 4 routes The larger the value the g
11. Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies None Any alphanumeric character string Identifies this accept policy Specify a user name for the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 4 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 4 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 4 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 4 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 4 B 2 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt A
12. Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link through a Transit Area Every border router must have a connection to the backbone This connection can be physical or virtual If the border router has an interface to a backbone network that router is considered to be physically connected to the backbone In Figure 5 6 Border router 1 and Border router 2 are both physically connected to the backbone In some cases it may not be possible to configure a border router with an interface to a backbone network If the router has an OSPF neighbor that is physically connected to the backbone the router can use that neighbor to establish a virtual link to the backbone In Figure 5 7 for example Border router 1 has lost its interface to the backbone network In its place the network administrator has configured an interface to a network in Area B Through this network Border router 1 now has a neighbor Border Router 2 that is connected physically to the backbone The network administrator can use Border router 2 to configure a virtual link between Border Router 1 and the backbone An area that provides a virtual link between a border router and the backbone is considered to be a transit area In Figure 5 7 Area B functions as a transit area 5 32 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Backbone Network 5 Area C Internal Router C S Border Router 1 oJ
13. Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Primary Log Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global TRACE INFO DEBUG INTF STATE NBR STATE BAD LS TRACE INFO DEBUG INTF STATE NBR STATE LSA SELF ORIGIN LSA RECEIPT ROUTE CHANGE BAD LS LESS RECENT LSA MORE RECENT LSA MAX AGE LSA Specifies which OSPF log messages should be logged in the primary log Highlight the line entry for Primary Log Mask in the Edit OSPF Global Parameters window and click on Values Choose the log messages that you want to enter into the primary log by clicking on their buttons Then click on OK 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 13 Backup Log Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Log no messages TRACE INFO DEBUG INTF STATE NBR STATE LSA SELF ORIGIN LSA RECEIPT ROUTE CHANGE BAD LS LESS RECENT LSA MORE RECENT LSA MAX AGE LSA Specifies which OSPF log messages should be logged in the backup log Highlight the line entry for Backup Log Mask in the Edit OSPF Global Parameters window and click on Values Choose the log messages that you wish to enter into the backup log by clicking on their buttons Then click on OK 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 14 A 76 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path
14. Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies None Any alphanumeric character string Identifies this policy Enter a unique name for the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 4 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 4 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 4 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 4 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 4 114065 Rev A B 21 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filte
15. Supernet Addressing A supernet is a group of networks identified by contiguous network addresses IP service providers can assign customers blocks of contiguous addresses to define supernets as needed Each supernet has a unique supernet address that consists of the upper bits shared by all of the addresses in the contiguous block For example consider the following block of contiguous 32 bit addresses 192 32 0 0 through 192 32 7 0 in decimal notation 11000000 00100000 00000000 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000001 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000010 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000011 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000100 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000101 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000110 00000000 11000000 00100000 00000111 00000000 IP0007A The supernet address for this block is 11000000 00100000 00000 the 21 upper bits shared by the 32 bit addresses A complete supernet address consists of an address mask pair e address is the first 32 bit IP address in the contiguous block In this example the address is 11000000 00100000 00000000 00000000 192 32 0 0 in decimal notation e maskis a 32 bit string containing a set bit for each bit position in the supernet part of the address The mask for the supernet address in this example is 11111111 11111111 11111000 00000000 255 255 248 0 in dotted decimal notation The complete supernet address in this example is 192 32 0 0 255 255 248 0 114065 Rev A Configurin
16. page 1 8 e Routing Protocols page 1 8 Routing Information Protocol RIP page 1 9 Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol page 1 10 Border Gateway Protocol BGP page 1 10 Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP page 1 10 e Route Preferences page 1 11 e Route Weights page 1 11 e IP Routing Policies and Filters page 1 13 e IP Traffic Filters page 1 17 e RFC Compliance page 1 17 114065 Rev A 1 1 Configuring IP Services IP Addresses An IP address consists of 32 bits that have the form network host The network portion is a network number ranging from 8 to 24 bits The host portion is the remaining 8 to 24 bits identifying a specific host on the network The Internet Network Information Center NIC assigns the network portion of the IP address Your network administrator assigns the host portion NIC recognizes three primary classes of networks A B and C In addition NIC has recently identified two other classes Class D for networks that support multicasting which allows an IP datagram to be transmitted to a single multicast group consisting of hosts spread across separate physical networks and Class E for experimental networks The IP router does not fully support Class D or Class E networks Based on the size of the network the NIC classifies a network as Class A B or C the most common The network class determines the number of bits assigned to the network and host portions of the IP ad
17. 96 16 AB 16 Top Secret Secret Confidential Unclassified e Octet 4 and beyond identify the protection authorities under whose rules the datagram is classified at the specified level If no authorities have been identified then this field is not used The first 7 bits O through 6 are flags Each flag represents a protection authority The flags defined for Octet 4 are as follows Bit 0 GENSER General Services as per DoD 5200 28 Bit 1 SIOP ESI DoD Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Bit 2 SCl Central Intelligence Agency Bit 3 NSA National Security Agency Bit 4 DOE Department of Energy Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Termination indicator 3 40 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Note Bit 7 acts as a more bit indicating that another octet containing additional authority flags follows Inbound IP Datagrams When the router receives an IP datagram on a RIPSO interface it compares the security classification and authority values specified in the security label with those configured on the inbound interface If the interface does not require a security label for inbound IP datagrams then the router accepts both unlabeled IP datagrams and datagrams that meet the classification and authority rules described in the next paragraph If the interface does require a security label then for the router to accept the datagram the f
18. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 2 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 A 12 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Weight Value 3 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 3 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 4 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 4 weight value
19. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies RIP OSPF EGP Propagate BGP 3 BGP 4 Ignore Propagate Ignore Specifies whether or not to advertise a route that matches this policy To advertise the route specify Propagate To drop the route specify Ignore RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 6 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 6 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 6 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 6 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 6 114065 Rev A B 23 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Rule Precedence Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies 0 A metric value Specifies a metric value to be used to compare this policy with other policies that a route may match A policy with a higher metric takes precedence over a policy with a lower metric In case
20. Configuring IP Services Router Software Version 11 0 Site Manager Software Version 5 0 Part No 114065 Rev A August 1996 a Bay Networks Bay Networks 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1988 1996 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA August 1996 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notice for All Other Executive Agencies Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software the rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and dis
21. Enable Disable Specifies whether the Routing Information Protocol RIP is enabled on this interface Select Enable to enable RIP on this interface Select Disable to disable RIP on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 2 RIP Supply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether the interface transmits periodic RIP updates to neighboring networks Select Enable to configure the interface to transmit RIP updates Select Disable to prohibit the interface from transmitting RIP updates 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 5 A 94 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters RIP Listen Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether this interface listens to RIP updates from neighboring networks Select Enable to configure this interface to listen to RIP updates and thus add received routing information to its internal routing table If you select Enable a configured policy can still prohibit the interface from updating its internal routing tables Select Disable to configure the interface to ignore RIP updates from neighboring routers Thus the interface does not add received routing information to its internal routin
22. Enabling Name Caching on the Interface By default NetBIOS name caching is enabled on the interface You can use Site Manager to disable the ability of this interface to cache the name of each NetBIOS server active in the network Site Manager NetBIOS Name Caching parameter page A 70 Select Disable if you want to release system memory and processing resources otherwise dedicated to server name caching Disabling Inbound and Outbound Broadcasts By default NetBIOS can receive inbound broadcasts on the interface and send outbound broadcasts You can use Site Manager to disable this feature on the interface Site Manager Enable NetBIOS Inbound Broadcasts parameter page A 70 Site Manager Enable NetBIOS Outbound Broadcasts parameter page A 70 114065 Rev A 8 11 Configuring IP Services Supplying a Rebroadcast Address By default NetBIOS uses the IP broadcast address configured for this interface when rebroadcasting NetBIOS packets out this interface You can use Site Manager to supply a rebroadcast address that overrides this broadcast address Site Manager Rebroadcast Address parameter page A 71 Configuring a Static NetBIOS Name and Address You can add static NetBIOS names to the router These entries are independent of the name entries learned dynamically in the name cache Enabling and Disabling Static Name Caching By default NetBIOS caches the names you have added statically
23. Lifetime Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 1800 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the maximum length of time that the advertised addresses are to be considered as valid router addresses by hosts in the absence of further advertisements Specify a value that is no less than the value you set for the Maximum Interval parameter and no greater than 9000 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 8 Interface Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 0 A numeric value Specifies the preferability a higher number indicates more preferred of the address as a default router address relative to other router addresses on the same subnet Enter a value indicating the relative preferability of the router address Enter a preference value of 0x80000000 to indicate to neighboring hosts that the address is not to be used as a default route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 9 114065 Rev A A 65 Configuring IP Services NetBIOS NetBIOS Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Disable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables NetBIOS on
24. MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Export Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you want to enable this filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 2 Export Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Ignore Propagate Ignore Aggregate Controls the flow of routing information If set to Propagate this route is advertised If set to Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed If set to Aggregate the network is not explicitly advertised Instead the default route 0 0 0 0 is advertised Select Propagate Ignore or Aggregate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 6 Export Use Inter AS Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters None None Specified Originating Specifies whether or not an Inter AS metric is advertised for the associated networks If set to None then no metric is advertised If set to Specified then the value specified for the Export Inter AS Metric parameter is advertised If set to Originating then the metric from the originating protocol is advertised This parameter is only valid if Export Action is set to propagate Set to the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2
25. Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Triggered Updates Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Configures RIP to generate an update each time it recalculates a route s metric For compatibility with routers running Version 8 10 or earlier disable this feature Pre V9 00 implementations of RIP do not support triggered updates If you enable triggered updates RIP will generate triggered updates with a maximum frequency of one every 5 seconds The route will include all changes that occurred in the last 5 seconds This enforced interval prevents RIP from monopolizing CPU resources during periods of instability 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 16 Authentication Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces None None Simple Specifies the way RIP handles simple authentication in RIP2 mode If you are running RIP in RIP2 mode and do not want authentication set this parameter to None If you set the parameter to Simple RIP drops all received Version 1 updates and processes only Version 2 updates with the correct password set 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 17 Authentication Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces None A valid password string up to 16 characters Specifies a password Set the Authentication Type to Simple and enter a password 1
26. Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 20 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services IP Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this policy Set to Disable to disable the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 2 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 2 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 2 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 2 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 2 B 20 114065 Rev A Parameter Path
27. accepting the default value 0 0 0 0 configures the IP router to use the address 123 1 1 255 to broadcast packets To set the explicit broadcast address of all 1s enter 255 255 255 255 for this parameter Accept the default 0 0 0 0 unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is the case then enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation If you set the IP Address parameter to 0 0 0 0 to configure an unnumbered interface Site Manager automatically sets this parameter to 255 255 255 255 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 8 UnNumbered Assoc Address Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK None Any valid IP address Specifies an address that IP uses when sourcing a packet RIP uses this address to make decisions about advertising subnets over the unnumbered interface RIP advertises subnets over the unnumbered interface if the subnets have the same mask as the associated address Specify the address of any numbered interface on the router If you are running RIP over the unnumbered interface and if you are using a subnet address as the associated address the local and remote associated address should have the same network number If you configure a local and remote associated address using different network numbers you must use RIP2 mode 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 110 114065 Rev A A 23 Configuring IP Services IP Interface Parameters
28. page 4 5 Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update page 4 6 Supplying a Default Route on an Interface page 4 7 Listening for a Default Route page 4 7 Configuring RIP for Equal Cost Multipath Support page 4 8 Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized Routing page 4 9 Setting RIP Timers on an Interface page 4 9 Specifying an Update Interval page 4 9 Specifying a Timeout Period page 4 10 Specifying a Holddown Period page 4 10 Specifying a Stabilization Time page 4 11 114065 Rev A 4 1 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling RIP on an Interface When you add RIP to an IP interface RIP is automatically enabled on that interface You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable RIP on an interface Site Manager Enable parameter page A 94 Selecting the RIP Version You can specify whether RIP sends Version 1 updates Version 2 updates with no aggregation of subnets or Version 2 updates with subnet aggregation e In RIP Version 1 mode RIP generates Version 1 updates only using the broadcast address as specified in RFC 1058 RIP aggregates subnet information e In RIP Version 2 mode RIP generates Version 2 updates using the multicast address 224 0 0 9 as specified in the RIP Version 2 RFC 1388 RIP does not aggregate subnet information e In RIP Version 2 mode with aggregation RIP generates RIP Version 2 updates using the multicast address and performs
29. software patches and fixes and complete information on all Bay Networks Service programs You can run a single version on Macintosh Windows 3 1 Windows 95 Windows NT DOS or UNIX computing platforms A Web links feature enables you to go directly from the CD to various Bay Networks Web pages CompuServe For assistance with noncritical network support issues Bay Networks Information Services maintain an active forum on CompuServe a global bulletin board system This forum provides file services technology conferences and a message section to get assistance from other users The message section is monitored by Bay Networks engineers who provide assistance wherever possible Customers and resellers holding Bay Networks service contracts also have access to special libraries for advanced levels of support documentation and software To take advantage of CompuServe s recently enhanced menu options the Bay Networks Forum has been re engineered to allow links to our Web sites and FTP sites We recommend the use of CompuServe Information Manager software to access these Bay Networks Information Services resources To open an account and receive a local dial up number in the United States call CompuServe at 1 800 524 3388 Outside the United States call 1 614 529 1349 or your nearest CompuServe office Ask for Representative No 591 When you are on line with your CompuServe account you can reach us with the command GO BAYNET Xx
30. A 89 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges 0 0 to 2147483647 Specifies the metric to advertise into other areas as the distance from the OSPF router to any network in the range If you select 0 the router uses the value calculated by OSPF 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 8 OSPF Virtual Interface Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Transit Area ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces None Any area ID Identifies the transit area through which this virtual link is configured Enter the appropriate area ID in dotted decimal notation The transit area must contain the neighboring router identified in the Neighbors Router ID parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 6 1 4 Neighbor s Router ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces None Any IP address Identifies the interface at the other end of this virtual link Enter the appropriate IP address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 5 A 90 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options
31. IP gt TFTP 25 seconds Any number of seconds Specifies the number of seconds TFTP waits after it has successfully received a file to make sure that the sender has received the last acknowledgment Specify the appropriate number of seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 6 5 Retransmit Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt TFTP 5 retransmissions Any number of retransmissions Specifies the number of times TFTP retransmits an unacknowledged message before abandoning the transfer attempt Specify the number of retransmissions 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 6 6 A 54 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters RIPSO Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IP security options for this interface Set to Disable if you want to disable IP security options If you set this parameter to Disable then the router accepts only the following IP datagrams labeled IP datagrams with the classification level set to Unclassified and no authority flags set and unlabeled IP datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 76 Strip Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces None None Incoming Outgoing All Specifies the type of IP datagram from which t
32. ISP Mode parameter page A 45 In soloist mode if the slot on which the soloist is running fails BGP runs on an eligible slot By default BGP considers all slots with IP interfaces to be eligible slots You can use Site Manager to specify the eligible slots Site Manager Soloist Slots parameter page A 5 Establishing a Peer to Peer Connection A BGP speaker forms neighbor relationships with other BGP speakers This happens when a BGP speaker establishes a TCP connection to a BGP peer which is simply the BGP speaker at the other end of the connection based on local configuration information Defining the Peer to Peer Connection To define a peer to peer connection you specify e The address of the local IP interface e The address of the remote IP interface If the peer is in a remote AS this address must be on the same subnet as the local address e The AS number of the autonomous system in which the remote BGP peer is located You can use Site Manager to supply this information Site Manager Local Address parameter page A 7 Site Manager Peer Address parameter page A 6 Site Manager Peer AS parameter page A 6 114065 Rev A 6 13 Configuring IP Services Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Connection In configuring a peer to peer connection for BGP speakers you specify a local peer address the address of a local IP interface and a remote peer address the address
33. If you select Disable the router does not supply error labels for this interface To allow the router to supply error labels for outbound ICMP error datagrams accept the default Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 92 Error Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE ALL Specifies the authority flags that the router uses when it supplies error security labels to outbound ICMP error datagrams Select those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies error security labels to outbound ICMP error datagrams The set of authority flags you specify here must include the set of authority flags you specified for the Must Out Authority parameter and cannot include any of the flags you did not specify for the May Out Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 93 114065 Rev A A 63 Configuring IP Services Router Discovery Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery Enable Enable Disable Disables and enables Router Discovery on this interface If you configured this interface with Router Discover
34. Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters IP Accounting Checkpoint Flagt Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 0 0 to Ox7FFFFFFF Allows you to specify when IP Accounting takes a snapshot of the active table iand puts it in the checkpoint table Specify a flag value that meets the requirements of IP Accounting on this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 20 1 1 7 Static Route Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes This parameter defaults to Enable when you configure the static route Enable Disable Specifies the state active or inactive of the static route record in the IP routing tables Select Disable to make the static route record inactive in the IP routing table the IP router will not consider this static route Select Enable to make the static route record active again in the IP routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 2 114065 Rev A A 47 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Destination IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes None Any valid IP network address Specifies the IP address of the network to which you want to configure the static route
35. Policies 1 1 to 16 Specifies a value that is used to compare a route that matches this policy with other BGP 3 routes that match the policy The larger the value the greater the preference To specify maximum preference enter 16 Valid only if the Action parameter is set to Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 14 AS Weight Class Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Weight Class 1 Weight Class 1 to Weight Class 8 Indicates which weight class should be used when calculating the AS path weight Set the Action parameter to Accept and supply a valid BGP 3 weight class BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 15 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 15 B 14 114065 Rev A Routing Policies BGP 4 Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter I
36. Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Any Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or a RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 5 Export Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates sent to any router in this AS The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 7 Export Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates sent to this router The value 0 0 0 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 8 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions
37. Select Protocols gt IP gt Circuitless IP gt Change Protocols A Select Protocols window opens listing the protocols you can add to the circuitless interface 2 Select a protocol and click on OK The router adds the protocol to the circuitless IP interface Selecting Slots to Support the Circuitless Interface By default all slots support the IP circuitless interface You can use Site Manager to specify the slots that can support the circuitless interface Site Manager Slot Mask parameter page A 34 Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface IP allows you to configure an interface on a point to point connection without using an IP address Such an interface is called an unnumbered interface Point to point connections using unnumbered interfaces can be configured to advertise RIP see Note OSPF IBGP DVMRP and static routes The ability to establish a point to point link using an unnumbered IP interface helps alleviate two of the major problems caused by the continued rapid growth of the Internet exhaustion of Class B network addresses and exhaustion of the 32 bit IP address space The network administrator associates each unnumbered interface with the IP address of any numbered interface on the router including the circuitless interface The router can support multiple unnumbered interfaces Multiple unnumbered interfaces can be associated with the same IP address 2 16 114065 Rev A Starting IP
38. Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rir ID 128 10 2 2 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast OSPF Interface Rtr Priority 2 or greater Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 3 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol Standard IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 4 2 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 252 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point E 4 114065 Rev A Table E 3 Area Border Router 3 IP OSPF Configuration SM Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 3 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rir ID 128 10 2 3 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface O21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 5 3 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol Standard IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 4 5 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 252 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point 114065 Rev A E 5 Configuring IP Serv
39. The third octet 00001010 and fourth octet 10100111 compose the host field 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Subnet Addressing The concept of subnetworks or subnets extends the IP addressing scheme Subnets are two or more physical networks that share a common network identification field the NIC assigned network portion of the 32 bit IP address Subnets allow an IP router to hide the complexity of multiple LANs from the rest of the internet With subnets you partition the host portion of an IP address into a subnet number and a real host number on that subnet The IP address is then defined by network subnet host Routers outside the network do not interpret the subnet and host portions of the IP address separately Routers inside a network containing subnets use a 32 bit subnet mask that identifies the extension bits In network subnet host the subnet host portion or the local portion contains an arbitrary number of bits The network administrator allocates bits within the local portion to subnet and host and then assigns values to subnet and host For example the following is the IP address of a network that contains subnets 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 You specify this address in dotted decimal notation as 128 32 10 167 The second bit of the first octet is set to 0 indicating that the network is a Class B network Therefore the NIC assigned network portion contains 16 bits and the locally
40. e The route with the highest preference value see Route Preferences on page 1 11 e A direct or OSPF intra area route with the lowest metric e A direct route with the lowest metric e An OSPF intra area route with the lowest metric e An OSPF interarea route with the lowest metric e An OSPF Type 1 external route with the lowest metric e A BGP route with the highest LOCAL_PREF value e A RIP route with the lowest metric e AnEGP route with the lowest metric e A static route with the lowest metric e An OSPF Type 2 external route with a pre Version 8 00 style metric Note If OSPF is configured to propagate external routes using the route weight as the Type 2 metric routes that are received as OSPF ASE Type 2 routes are evaluated according to their respective origins for example RIP or BGP 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features IP Routing Policies and Filters The IP router allows you to control the flow of routing data to and from the routing tables This control is provided by two mechanisms e IP accept and announce policies e IP import and export filters Note Accept and announce policies provide a superset of the parameters provided by import and export filters We currently support both IP policies and IP route filters However network administrators using import and export filters for routing table management should migrate as quickly as possible to IP policies In a future release s
41. explicitly or implicitly except by acceptance of an order for either Software or for a Bay Networks product Equipment that is packaged with Software Each such license is subject to the following restrictions 1 Upon delivery of the Software Bay Networks grants to licensee a personal nontransferable nonexclusive license to use the Software with the Equipment with which or for which it was originally acquired including use at any of licensee s facilities to which the Equipment may be transferred for the useful life of the Equipment unless earlier terminated by default or cancellation Use of the Software shall be limited to such Equipment and to such facility Software which is licensed for use on hardware not offered by Bay Networks is not subject to restricted use on any Equipment however unless otherwise specified on the Documentation each licensed copy of such Software may only be installed on one hardware item at any time Licensee may use the Software with backup Equipment only if the Equipment with which or for which it was acquired is inoperative Licensee may make a single copy of the Software but not firmware for safekeeping archives or backup purposes Licensee may modify Software but not firmware or combine it with other software subject to the provision that those portions of the resulting software which incorporate Software are subject to the restrictions of this license Licensee shall not make the resultin
42. gt Eth gt ES Fails ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt Bay Fails ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FR gt Bay Fails ES gt Eth gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay Fails ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay Fails ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Eth gt ES_ OK ES gt Eth gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK Bay Networks router with bridge and IP in host only mode t Ethernet connection Token Ring connection FDDI connection tt Bay Networks proprietary point to point synchronous connection Frame Relay synchronous connection SMDS synchronous connection ttt PPP synchronous connection Station you are communicating to or from if not Bay Networks 114065 Rev A 3 7 Configuring IP Services Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet Each IP data packet includes a time to live TTL value The TTL value specifies the maximum number of hops that the packet is allowed to traverse in the network before an intermediate router discards i
43. the less efficient broadcast reduction is but the more quickly the network recovers topology changes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 9 Hash Entry Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global 253 Any integer value Specifies the number of entries you want to allow in the cache lookup tables Each NetBIOS interface has a local table to store and retrieve the names of NetBIOS servers active on the network For networks that actively use up to 2500 NetBIOS server names use the default value 253 To determine a hash entry count for larger networks divide the total number of unique NetBIOS server names active in the network by 10 adjust the quotient to the nearest higher or lower prime number and replace the default value with the new calculated number Increasing the number of hash table entries does not increase the number of names that a router can cache With larger networks increasing the size of the hash tables may however reduce internal cache lookup time thereby improving overall performance 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 10 A 68 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Rebroadcast Packet TTL Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global 5 seconds 1 to 255 seconds Specifies the time to live val
44. 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference and routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 7 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 7 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 7 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 7 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 7 114065 Rev A B 5 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Rule Precedenc Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies 0 A metric value Assigns a metric value to this policy a policy with a higher value takes precedence over a policy with a lower value Use this value to specify the order of precedence for policies that match the same route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 8 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 8 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 8 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 8 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 8 B 6 114065 Rev A Routing
45. 1293 Inverse ARP over Frame Relay 1332 IP over PPP 1356 IP over X 25 1403 BGP OSPF Interaction 1483 IP over ATM DXI IP over PVC IP Multicast over PVC 1490 IP over Frame Relay 1577 IP over SVC 1583 Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol Version 2 1771 BGP 4 114065 Rev A Chapter 2 Starting IP Services The following sections show you how to perform a basic configuration that is a configuration using all available defaults for the IP services described in this manual e Starting IP page 2 3 Deleting IP from an Interface page 2 4 Customizing IP page 2 4 e Starting RIP page 2 5 Adding RIP to an IP Interface page 2 5 Deleting RIP from An IP Interface page 2 6 Customizing RIP page 2 6 e Starting OSPF page 2 7 Adding OSPF to an IP Interface page 2 8 Deleting OSPF from an IP Interface page 2 8 Customizing OSPF page 2 8 e Starting BGP page 2 9 Deleting BGP from the Router page 2 10 Deleting BGP 3 and BGP 4 from the Router page 2 11 Customizing BGP page 2 11 e Starting EGP page 2 12 Deleting EGP from the Router page 2 12 Customizing EGP page 2 13 114065 Rev A 2 1 Configuring IP Services e Starting NetBIOS over IP page 2 13 Adding NetBIOS to an IP Interface page 2 13 Deleting NetBIOS from an IP Interface page 2 14 Customizing NetBIOS over IP page 2 14 e Using the Circuitless IP Interface page 2 15 Starting IP on the C
46. 3 2 3 1 8 114065 Rev A A 87 Configuring IP Services Area Range Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Range Net Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges gt Add None Any network number Allows you to assign a single network address to a group of subnets This network address together with the subnet mask you provide specifies the subnets to be grouped in this area range Just one link summary advertisement will be generated for all subnets in this range rather than one link summary advertisement for each of the subnets included in that network Enter the appropriate network number in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 5 Range Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges gt Add None Any address mask This parameter together with Range Net indicates all of the networks that belong to this range The range mask is not restricted to the natural address class mask for the address supplied at Range Net Enter the appropriate subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 6 A 88 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID P
47. 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 18 114065 Rev A A 99 Configuring IP Services Parameter Stabilization Timer Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Default 120 seconds Options 0 to 86 400 seconds Function Specifies the interval that RIP uses as its initial stabilization period Instructions Specify an interval that will allow RIP to learn all routes from its neighbors before sending a full routing update on the interface MIB Object ID A 100 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Appendix B Routing Policies Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this policy Set to Disable to disable the policy RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 2 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 2 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 2 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 2 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 2 114065 Rev A B 1
48. A 44 Disabling Route Filter Support By default IP supports route filters You can use Site Manager to disable route filter support When route filter support is disabled IP does not allocate memory for route filters when the maximum number of IP policies is increased Site Manager Route Filter Support parameter page A 44 3 10 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support IP equal cost multipath support is a load balancing feature that allows IP to distribute traffic over multiple up to five equal cost paths to the same destination By default multipath support is disabled on the router for each routing protocol IP stores the best next hop to a destination in the routing table If traffic arrives on an interface IP determines the best route to the destination and forwards all packets out the next hop interface If multipath support is enabled IP will distribute traffic among equal cost routes if such routes are available You can use Site Manager to enable multipath support on the router and to specify whether IP distributes packets in a round robin fashion or uses a distribution method based on the source and destination address of the packets e In round robin distribution IP forwards each packet to a different next hop until it reaches the end of the list of available next hops then it repeats the list Round robin distribution makes full use of available resources but may
49. AAA EES T AAT ARE EEIE TE AAT 2 3 Deleting IP Torni an MENACE arenino 2 4 Custome iaa ANER 2 4 SO E oe EEE AE TA T E E E 2 5 Addie RIP Oan IF IMCS sinana ea NE 2 5 Deleting RIP Toni An IP IMENTE sariani aiaei dcasadieesiad tau seddeadudetoezandes 2 6 Gusto RG RIP asrina aAA eae poise eetaaoe 2 6 Starin o OSF yera A RDR 2 7 Addam OSPF t an PWM ACS ad ities enlace ising adie ese 2 8 Deleting OSPR fom an WPT AGS sica saniuigats 2 8 SOM ZN iiascacetrissreaia iianceedriaianaaaaasea a teen eanaehiaciiparaaiameene 2 8 STU EGE sina adage taeda asada ta be sadn tad geaceadueete eae asaes 2 9 Deleting BGP froni the MOUIGN ccagectaiseccsucs cecteuclicchoptideeyincslceaaliod Ale egatladas 2 10 Deleting BGP 3 and BGP 4 from the Router c cccccsecesesceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 11 C stomizing BOP aneres enana panenn soe EET E E PEET 2 11 SAO EGP ieai NOE AAEN 2 12 Deleting EGP fram th ROULET ici ca aclenecia dunce cia aian aiaiki iiaa anakidai 2 12 Custom NGS EGP eesigi a o a 2 13 Staring NeEBIOS OYEFE rrara cere ete reer pre re AAAA 2 13 Adding NetBIOS to an IP Interface ere PA E S 2 13 Deleting NetBIOS from an IP Internat sicseciceridcchiccetsscienestrataricaiastehioosddadacseciamsiuacs 2 14 CUS TONNE A I TENS Ovet IP iiinn ninian ienaa a adaa aaia akida 2 14 Using ihe Circuliloss IF manata crmirmniarsnenin akeen 2 15 Starting IP onthe Gircuitless Menace i e ice satedeatiuetaeinaenvesiess 2 15 Adding OSPF and BGP to the Circuit
50. B 45 B 49 Originating AS accept B 12 B 16 OSPF Metric announce B 40 Outbound Interface announce B 38 Outbound Peer AS announce B 47 Outbound Peer AS List announce B 43 Outbound Peers announce B 44 B 48 Peer Address accept B 12 B 16 Peer AS accept B 12 B 16 Peer List accept B 9 Precedence announce B 24 Received BGP Next Hop announce B 37 Received EGP Gateway announce B 34 Received on Interface accept B 7 Received on RIP Interface announce B 28 Received OSPF Tag announce B 31 Received OSPF Type announce B 30 Route Origin accept B 13 B 17 Route Preference accept B 5 Rule Precedence accept B 6 Specific Inter AS Metric announce B 45 Tag accept B 9 Type accept B 8 Type announce B 39 preference definition of 1 11 Proxy ARP 3 31 R revised IP security option see RIPSO RIP configuring timers 4 9 poisoned reverse updates 4 3 split horizon updates 4 3 update mode 4 2 RIP parameters export route filters Action C 7 Enable C 7 Export Address C 5 Export Mask C 6 From Protocol C 6 Interface C 7 Rip Metric C 8 import route filters Action C 3 Enable C 4 Import Address C 1 Import Mask C 2 Interface C 3 Preference C 4 RIP Gateway C 2 interface Authentication Password A 99 Authentication Type A 99 Broadcast Timer A 97 Default Route Listen A 96 Default Route Supply A 95 Enable A 94 Holddown Timer A 98 Pois
51. BGP peers If a BGP peer is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to any peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 23 Multi Exit Discriminator Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies None None Specified Originating Indicates whether or not a Multi Exit Discriminator metric is to be advertised for a network matching this policy and if advertised what value to use Select None to indicate that no value is to be advertised Select Specified to indicate that the value you specify for the Multi Exit Discriminator Value parameter is to be used Select Originating to indicate that the metric from the originating protocol is to be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set for Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 24 B 48 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Multi Exit Discriminator Value Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Null Null or a metric value Specifies a metric for the Multi Exit Discriminator attribute To advertise a multi exit discrim
52. ES gt Token gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK Bay Networks router with bridge and IP in host only mode t Ethernet connection Token Ring connection FDDI connection tt Bay Networks proprietary point to point synchronous connection Frame Relay synchronous connection SMDS synchronous connection ttt PPP synchronous connection Station you are communicating to or from if not Bay Networks Table 3 2 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode Bridge Configuration Result Bay gt Etht gt Bay OK Bay gt Tokent gt Bay OK Bay gt FDDI gt Bay OK Bay gt PTPttT gt Bay OK Bay gt FRtt gt Bay OK Bay gt SMDS gt Bay OK Bay gt PPPttt gt Bay Fails Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Fails continued 3 6 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Table 3 2 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode continued Bridge Configuration Result Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Eth gt ES OK Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Fails Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Eth gt ES Fails Bay gt PPP gt Bay
53. Filters A traffic filter enables the router to selectively relay or drop an inbound packet frame or datagram based on standard protocol fields or user defined fields Traffic filters apply to incoming traffic only For information on IP traffic filters see Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol Prioritization RFC Compliance Table 1 2 lists the Internet Requests for Comments RFCs with which the IP router complies This manual assumes you are familiar with these RFCs Table 1 2 IP Router RFC Support RFC Specifies 768 User Datagram Protocol UDP 783 Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP 791 Internet Protocol IP 792 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 793 and 1323 Transmission Control Protocol 826 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 903 RARP Server 904 EGP 2 950 Internet subnetting procedures 951 BOOTP 1009 Internet Gateways 1027 Proxy ARP 1042 IP over IEEE 802 x networks 1058 and 1388 Routing Information Protocol RIP 1063 Maximum Transmission Unit MTU discovery option 1108 RIPSO 1112 Host Extensions for IP Multicasting 1157 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP continued 114065 Rev A 1 17 Configuring IP Services Table 1 2 IP Router RFC Support continued RFC Specifies 1188 IP over FDDI networks 1209 IP over SDMS 1256 ICMP Router Discovery Messages 1267 BGP 3
54. Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this virtual link This parameter is useful when you want to temporarily disable a virtual link rather than delete it Set to Disable to turn off this virtual link Set to Enable if you previously disabled this virtual link and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 2 Transit Delay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 1 second 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface Either accept the default value of 1 second or enter a new value between 1 and 360 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 6 114065 Rev A A 91 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Retransmit Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 5 seconds 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This value should be well over the expected round
55. IP subnet you may need to advertise all learned routes with the learned cost By default RIP sends poisoned reverse updates Using Site Manager you can configure RIP to send split horizon and actual cost updates Site Manager Poisoned Reverse parameter page A 96 114065 Rev A 4 3 Configuring IP Services Sending Triggered Updates A RIP router generates full routing updates at regular intervals You can also configure RIP to generate an update on a specified interface each time it recalculates a route s metric Such an update is called a triggered update A triggered update contains only the routes that have changed RIP also sends full updates at regular intervals on interfaces configured for triggered updating By default triggered updates are disabled on all interfaces configured for RIP You can use Site Manager to enable and disable triggered updates on this interface Site Manager Triggered Updates parameter page A 99 For compatibility with routers running Version 8 10 or earlier disable this feature Pre Version 9 00 implementations of RIP do not support triggered updates 4 4 114065 Rev A Customizing RIP Services Specifying a Time to Live Value By default RIP inserts a time to live TTL value of 1 hop into each outbound routing update Setting a TTL of 1 prevents RIP updates from inadvertently getting off the local network Increasing the TTL introduces the risk of the u
56. Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters RIP Maximum Equal Cost Paths Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 1 1lto5 Specifies the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a network installed in the routing table by RIP Use the IP global Multipath Method parameter to enable multipath costs and specify the method that IP uses to choose the next hop for a datagram 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 17 Multiple Next Hop Calculation Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables and disables equal cost multipath support for RIP and OSPF and specifies the method that IP uses to choose the next hop when more than one is available Three methods are available round robin selection selection based on the source addresses IP forwards all packets with the same source address to the same next hop and selection based on the source and destination address IP forwards all packets with the same source and destination address to the same next hop Configure RIP and OSPF to support equal cost routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 18 ISP Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables and disables internet service pro
57. Inter Area Internal 1 Oo OSPF Type 1 External 2 OSPF Type 2 External 3 Non OSPF External RIP 3 EGP BGP Static 3 4 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 16777216 x or 0x1000000 x 5 Select one route from the following list Direct OSPF Internal OSPF Type 2 External w ASE Metric support enabled EBGP RIP EGP Static OSPF Type 2 External w ASE Metric support disabled oO N O or AJN D 2 114065 Rev A Route Weight Worksheet 6 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 2097152 x or 0x200000 x 7 Select one route from the following list and calculate the associated value using the formulas supplied Direct OSPF Interface OSPF Interface metric 0 OSPF imported OSPF TOS 0 Metric BGP 3 imported Calculate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP3 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin 0 4096 AS Weighted Path Length lt 4095 AS Weighted Path Length 4095 or 0x2000 16 BGP3 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin O 0x1000 AS Weighted Path Length lt OxOfff AS Weighted Path Length OxOfff BGP 4 imported Calculate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preferen
58. Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more IP addresses This policy applies to BGP advertisements whose Next Hop attribute matches an IP address on this list Applicable only for BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements with any Next Hop attribute RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 21 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 21 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 21 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 21 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 21 114065 Rev A B 37 Configuring IP Services RIP Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from
59. Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Import Filters 0 0 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external EGP and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value O for preference If you want to grant preference to this OSPF derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference The default preference for static routes is 0 but it may be set to any value between 0 and 16 If you want to grant an OSPF derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference value you assign to the OSPF derived route is greater than the preference value of the static route you want it to override 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 10 1 6 OSPF Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to
60. Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Type 1 As Is Type 1 Type 2 Specifies an OSPF ASE metric type to use in advertisements for routes that match this policy Select As Is if you want to use the default metric that IP includes in the advertisement based on the route source For a BGP EGP or RIP route the default is Type 2 For routes from all other sources the default is Type 1 Set the Action parameter to Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 7 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters 1 1 to 2147483647 Sets the tag value for the AS external advertisement that is generated for this network This parameter has meaning only when the Action parameter is set to Propagate Enter the appropriate tag 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 8 Auto Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Disable Enable Disable If enabled the router creates a tag for this route as described in RFC 1364 BGP OSPF Interaction Set to Enable if you are running BGP 3 as your exterior gateway protocol 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 9 114065 Rev A BGP 3 Import and Export Route F
61. RIP OSPF EGP or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 5 C 6 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Identifies the outgoing IP interface for the RIP update This filter will only apply to this interface If set to 0 0 0 0 this filter applies to all interfaces Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 7 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Aggregate Controls the flow of routing information If you set this parameter to Propagate this route is advertised If you set this parameter to Ignore ad
62. Security A 55 static route Address Mask A 48 Cost A 49 Destination IP Address A 48 Enable A 47 Next Hop Addr A 49 Next Hop Mask A 49 Preference A 50 TFIP Close Time Out A 54 Default Volume A 53 Enable A 53 Retransmit A 54 Retry Time Out A 54 IP router internal routing tables 1 11 L Local Preference attribute calculating 6 7 multinet definition of 3 15 N NetBIOS over IP 8 2 adding a traffic filter 8 14 aging a cache entry 8 9 configuring a cache 8 7 configuring a static name 8 12 customizing a cache search 8 10 NetBIOS IP parameters global 15 Character NetBIOS Name Caching 8 8 Enable Disable A 66 Rebroadcast Record Route 8 7 interface Enable NetBIOS Inbound Broadcasts A 70 Enable NetBIOS Outbound Broadcasts 8 12 A 70 Enable Disable A 69 NetBIOS Name Caching A 70 Rebroadcast Address A 71 static entry Enable A 71 IP Address A 72 NetBIOS Scope ID A 71 A 72 NetBIOS Station Name A 72 Network Basic Input Output System NetBIOS over IP 8 2 nonbroadcast multiaccess network 5 15 O OSPF area definition of 5 5 ASE metric type 5 26 backbone definition of 5 5 backup soloist 5 10 border router 5 30 broadcast interface 5 15 database synchronization 5 3 external route tag 5 28 features configurable cost metrics 5 23 link state protocol 5 3 nonbroadcast multi access interface 5 15 point to multipoint interface 5 16 point to point interface 5 15 sp
63. Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Enable Security parameter page A 55 Strip Security parameter page A 55 Require Out Security parameter page A 56 Require In Security parameter page A 56 Min Level parameter page A 57 Max Level parameter page A 57 Must Out Authority parameter page A 58 Must In Authority parameter page A 59 May In Authorit parameter page A 59 Implicit Label parameter page A 60 Implicit Authority parameter page A 60 Implicit Level parameter page A 61 Default Label parameter page A 61 Default Authority parameter page A 62 Error Label parameter page A 63 Error Authority parameter page A 63 Security Label Format A RIPSO security label is three or more bytes long and specifies the security classification level and protection authority values for the datagram Figure 3 6 Type 1 Octet Figure 3 6 Security Protection length Classification Authority E Daragang 1 Octet 1 Octet 1 Octet or More 1P0013A RIPSO Security Label The format of the security label is as follows e Octet 1 contains a type value of 82416 identifying the basic security option format e Octet 2 specifies the length of the option three or more octets depending on the presence or absence of authority flags 114065 Rev A 3 39 Configuring IP Services e Octet 3 specifies the security classification levels for the datagrams Valid security classification levels include 3D 46 SA 16
64. Specifies a supernet for which you want to configure a black hole static route Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet address You can configure up to 12 static routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 3 Address Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes None Based on the network class of the IP address you specified at the Destination IP Address parameter Specifies the subnet mask of the destination network Specifies the supernet mask of the supernet for which you want to configure a black hole static route Enter the subnet or supernet mask in dotted decimal notation To configure a default route enter 0 0 0 0 To configure a black hole static route enter a supernet mask 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 4 A 48 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 1 1 to the value of the RIP Diameter parameter maximum 126 Specifies the number of router hops a datagram can traverse before reaching the destination IP address The IP router us
65. You can use Site Manager to disable this feature Site Manager Enable parameter page A 71 Specifying the NetBIOS Station Name You can use Site Manager to specify the 1 to 16 character name of a NetBIOS station Site Manager NetBIOS Station Name parameter page A 72 The name must not exceed 16 characters The system pads names shorter than 16 characters with ASCII space characters 8 12 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP Specifying the NetBIOS Station Address You can use Site Manager to specify an IP address to associate with the statically configured name of the NetBIOS station Site Manager IP Address parameter page A 72 Supplying a Scope Identifier When you configure a static name you must specify its NetBIOS scope that is the area of the network across which the name is known Each NetBIOS scope has a Scope Identifier a string of characters that meet the requirements of the Domain Name System All NetBIOS names are represented in a manner consistent with the definition for compressed name messages outlined in the Domain Name Service Specification RFC 833 Site Manager NetBIOS Scope ID parameter page A 71 114065 Rev A 8 13 Configuring IP Services Adding a Traffic Filter to a NetBIOS Interface If name caching is enabled a router that receives a Name Query Response originating from a server and addressed to a client must b
66. a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down This value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval Although the default value is 60 seconds we suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 40 seconds for point to point 60 seconds for NBMA 80 seconds for point to multipoint 60 seconds Either accept the default value of 60 seconds or enter some other value for this parameter This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 9 Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces None Any ASCII text string up to eight characters long Specifies the password used for this area You can specify a password up to eight ASCII characters in length that will appear in the authentication field of all OSPF packets across this interface Password is valid only when Authentication Type is set to Simplepassword Enter the appropriate password All routes in the same area must either have no authentication or have the same password 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 10 114065 Rev A A 93 Configuring IP Services RIP Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Enable
67. address of the interface in dotted decimal notation Enter 0 0 0 0 to configure an unnumbered interface on the circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 4 Subnet Mask Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK None The Configuration Manager automatically calculates an appropriate subnet mask depending on the class of the network to which the interface connects However you can change the subnet mask with this parameter Specifies the network and subnetwork portion of the 32 bit IP address Either accept the assigned subnet mask or enter another subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Enter 0 0 0 0 if you are configuring an unnumbered interface on the circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 6 A 22 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Transmit Beast Addr Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or any valid IP broadcast address Specifies the broadcast address that this IP subnet uses to broadcast packets Accepting 0 0 0 0 for this parameter specifies that the IP router will use a broadcast address with a host portion of all 1s Accepting 0 0 0 0 does not configure the router to use the address 0 0 0 0 to broadcast packets For example if you have IP address 123 1 1 1 and a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0
68. aggregation of subnets into a natural network advertisement on interfaces belonging to another network In both Version 2 modes RIP checks for a password on all received updates see Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update on page 4 6 By default RIP sends Version 1 updates You can use Site Manager to select Version 2 with or without aggregation of subnet information Site Manager RIP Mode parameter page A 98 4 2 114065 Rev A Customizing RIP Services Sending RIP Updates on an Interface By default RIP supplies RIP updates to neighboring networks on each interface You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable this feature Site Manager RIP Supply parameter page A 94 RIP can issue routing updates in the following modes e Poisoned reverse updates e Split horizon updates e Actual cost updates Poisoned reverse updates and split horizon updates are schemes for controlling the way a router advertises a route to the neighbor from which it learned the route In poisoned reverse updating a router that sends updates to a neighbor includes routes learned from that neighbor but sets the route metric to infinity In split horizon updating a router that sends updates to a neighbor omits routes that it learned from that neighbor On certain interfaces for example on a Frame Relay interface that has virtual connections VCs to different routers that are part of the same logical
69. and EGP The arrows indicate the direction of flow of routing information between the network and the protocols running on the router between the protocols and the routing table manager and between the routing table manager and the routing table 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Routing Table Manager Routing Table Figure 1 3 IP Routing Table IP0035A The flow of routing information between the network the protocols and the routing table manager is controlled by routing information policies Each time a routing update arrives from a remote router the following steps occur see Figure 1 4 1 14 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features Announce Policy Routing Table Manager Routing Table IP0036A Figure 1 4 Accept and Announce Policies 1 The protocol receiving the route consults an accept policy to determine whether to forward the route to the IP routing table manager or drop the route 2 If the protocol forwards the route the routing table manager determines whether to inject the route into the routing table Periodically the routing table manager announces routes to other routers in the network 1 The routing table manager forwards a route for advertisement to the protocol 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services 2 The protocol consults an announce policy to determine whether or not to advertise the route to the network Note The way OSPF ap
70. areas are distributed throughout the AS For further information and instructions see Configuring an Area Border Router on page 5 30 Area Identifiers Each area has a unique ID number ID 0 0 0 0 is always reserved for the OSPF backbone The AS in Figure 5 1 has three areas 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 and 0 0 0 3 and a backbone 0 0 0 0 For information on associating an OSPF interface with an area ID see Configuring an Area ID on page 5 14 Boundary Routers and AS External Routes OSPF considers the following routes to be AS external ASE routes e A route to a destination outside the AS e A static route e A default route e A route derived by RIP e A directly connected network not running OSPF A router configured with BGP RIP or another protocol to receive information about external routes and OSFP to inject this information into an OSPF AS is considered to be an OSPF boundary router 5 6 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services In Figure 5 1 for example routers R1 and R2 are boundary routers that use BGP and EGP to connect the backbone to external ASs R7 in Area 0 0 0 1 is also a boundary router connecting the area to an external RIP network R14 in Area 0 0 0 3 connects the area to an external AS via BGP For further information and instructions see Configuring a Boundary Router on page 5 25 OSPF Implementation Notes This section provides some suggestions to help you configure your OSP
71. as defined in RFC 1654 To aggregate routes in a transit AS you must construct an announce policy and use the announce Advertise parameter MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 9 114065 Rev A B 15 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers each ranging from 1 to 65536 Specifies one or more ASs This policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in the autonomous systems on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 10 Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements from the peers on this list To indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any BGP peer use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 11 Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty
72. bit MAC address A router can use ARP across a single network only and the network hardware must support physical broadcasts 140 250 200 1 Router 00 00A2 00 00 01 140 250 200 0 140 250 200 2 140 250 200 3 140 250 200 4 00 00A2 00 10 20 00 00A2 00 10 30 00 00A2 00 10 40 IP0010A Figure 3 4 ARP Example For example in Figure 3 4 the router and Host C are on the same physical network Both devices have an assigned IP address the router s is 140 250 200 1 and Host C s is 140 250 200 4 and both devices have an assigned physical address the router s is 00 00 A2 00 00 01 and Host C s is 00 00 A2 00 10 40 114065 Rev A 3 27 Configuring IP Services In Figure 3 4 the router wants to send a packet to Host C but knows only Host C s IP address The router uses ARP to determine Host C s physical address as follows 1 The router broadcasts a special packet called an ARP request that asks IP address 140 250 200 4 to respond with its physical address 2 All network hosts receive the broadcast request 3 Only Host C responds with its hardware address The router maps Host C s IP address 140 250 200 4 to its physical address 00 00 A2 00 10 40 and saves the results in an address resolution cache for future use Note It is possible for the router to send out ARP requests even if ARP which is adynamically loaded module is not currently loaded on the router It is the responsib
73. broadcast network Use Site Manager to specify the network type Site Manager Type parameter page A 79 7 Click on OK 114065 Rev A 2 7 Configuring IP Services Adding OSPF to an IP Interface To add OSPF to an IP interface begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector to which you want to add OSPF services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens Click on OSPF to select it Click on OK to exit the window Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window Deleting OSPF from an IP Interface To delete OSPF from an interface on which it is currently configured begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector from which you want to delete OSPF services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens The OSPF button is highlighted to show that OSPF is enabled on the circuit Click on OSPF to delete it Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window Customizing OSPF The instructions in this chapter show you how to start OSPF using all default values and settings For information on modifying OSPF defaults see Chapter 5 2 8 114065 Rev A Starting IP Ser
74. cause packets to be delivered out of order In address based distribution based on the source and destination address IP forwards all packets with a given source and destination address to the same next hop This method increases the chances that the packets will be delivered in order but does not take full advantage of available resources e In address based distribution based on the destination address only IP forwards all packets with a given destination address to the same next hop This method makes the forwarding algorithm compatible with RSVP when RSVP is enabled on the router Site Manager Multiple Next Hop Calculation Method parameter page A 45 Both RIP and OSPF support equal cost multipath routing You can use Site Manager to specify the number of equal cost routes up to five that RIP and OSPF will submit to the routing table manager For instructions see Configuring RIP for Equal Cost Multipath Support on page 4 8 and Configuring OSPF for Equal Cost Multipath Routing on page 5 13 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Enabling ISP Mode on the Router IP provides certain features designed for use by internet service providers ISPs This set of features optimizes the router forwarding performance in a core Internet backbone application and includes a BGP soloist By default ISP mode features are disabled on the router You can use Site Manager to enable the following features e Suppre
75. current Holdtime Timer value or set the parameter to 0 or some value greater than 2 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 13 114065 Rev A A 9 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Keepalive Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 30 seconds Any decimal number Specifies how often Keepalive messages will be sent across this peer connection If a holdtime of 0 is negotiated no periodic Keepalive messages are sent Otherwise the Keepalive timer is set to the smaller of this configured value and one third of the holdtime Either accept the current Keepalive value or set this parameter to some value greater than 0 Min AS Origination Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 15 seconds A value greater than 0 Determines the minimum amount of time that must elapse between successive advertisements of Update messages that report changes within the advertising BGP speaker s own autonomous system Enter a value greater than 0 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 30 Local AS to Advertise to Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Null 1 to 65535 Specifies the AS number that is sent i
76. decimal notation 1 3 IP parameters adjacent host Adjacent Host X 121 Address A 53 Enable A 51 Host Encapsulation A 52 IP Address A 51 MAC Address A 52 Next Hop Interface Addr A 51 Next Hop Interface Mask A 52 global ARP Forwarding A 40 Default TTL A 41 Estimated Hosts A 43 Estimated Networks A 43 Index Forwarding A 39 Maximum Policy Rules A 44 Nonlocal ARP Destination A 41 Nonlocal ARP Source A 40 RIP Diameter A 42 Zero Subnet Enable A 42 interface Addr Mask Reply A 26 Address Resolution A 27 All Subnet Beast A 27 Broadcast Address A 25 Checksum A 29 Enable A 24 Enable Security A 36 Enet Arp Encaps A 31 FR Broadcast DLCI A 32 FR Multicast DLCI 1 A 33 FR Multicast DLCI 2 A 33 Host Cache A 28 Interface Cost A 25 MAC Address A 29 Max Forwarding Table Size A 35 MTU Discovery A 26 Proxy A 28 Redirects A 30 Slot Mask A 34 SMDS Arp Req Address A 32 SMDS Group Address A 31 Subnet Mask A 24 TR Endstation A 30 RIPSO Default Authority A 62 Default Label A 61 Default Level A 62 Enable Security A 55 Error Authority A 63 Error Label A 63 Implicit Authority A 60 Implicit Label A 60 Implicit Level A 61 Maximum Level A 57 May In Authority A 59 May Out Authority A 58 Minimum Level A 57 114065 Rev A Index 3 Configuring IP Services Must In Authority A 59 Must Out Authority A 58 Require In Security A 56 Require Out Security A 56 Strip
77. e Tokyo Japan e Valbonne France The Technical Response Centers are connected via a redundant Frame Relay Network to a Common Problem Resolution system enabling them to transmit and share information and to provide live around the clock support 365 days a year Bay Networks Information Services complement the Bay Networks Service program portfolio by giving customers and partners access to the most current technical and support information through a choice of access retrieval means These include the World Wide Web CompuServe Support Source CD Customer Support FTP and InfoFACTS document fax service 114065 Rev A xxiii Configuring IP Services Bay Networks Customer Service If you purchased your Bay Networks product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact that distributor s or reseller s technical support staff for assistance with installation configuration troubleshooting or integration issues Customers can also purchase direct support from Bay Networks through a variety of service programs As part of our PhonePlus program Bay Networks Service sets the industry standard with 24 hour 7 days a week telephone support available worldwide at no extra cost Our complete range of contract and noncontract services also includes equipment staging and integration installation support on site services and replacement parts delivery within approximately 4 hours To purchase any of the Bay Networks support
78. forwards out another interface This mechanism allows a network service provider to bill a network user according to the amount of data that it routes between two locations Bay Networks currently provides IP Accounting support for Frame Relay networks IP Accounting counts all data packets that the router receives on any IP interface and forwards out an IP Frame Relay interface IP accounting keeps track of transit data packets by making an entry for each packet in an IP accounting table Each entry includes the following fields the source address of the packet the destination address of the packet the number of packets forwarded and the number of bytes forwarded Warning If the Frame Relay interface becomes overrun and the driver drops packets these packets will still be counted by IP Accounting Enabling IP Accounting on the Router By default IP Accounting support is disabled on the router You can use Site Manager to enable IP Accounting Site Manager Enable parameter page A 46 Specifying the Maximum Size of the IP Accounting Table By default the IP Accounting table can contain up 512 entries per slot You can use Site Manager to specify the maximum number of entries in the IP Accounting table Site Manager Threshold parameter page A 46 114065 Rev A 3 35 Configuring IP Services Controlling Notification of a Full IP Accounting Table By default IP Accounting sends a log message when
79. full update every 30 seconds on each interface configured with RIP If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 1 hour You can use Site Manager to specify an update interval for the interface Site Manager Broadcast Timer parameter page A 97 114065 Rev A 4 9 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Timeout Period By default RIP waits 90 seconds for an update from a network before it considers that network to be unreachable If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 3 hours You can use Site Manager to specify a timeout period between 15 seconds and 259 200 seconds 72 hours For dial optimized routing the maximum value is 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks Site Manager Timeout Timer parameter page A 97 Specifying a Holddown Period Once RIP has determined that a network is unreachable RIP continues to advertise a route to that network for a default holddown period of 90 seconds If you have enabled dial optimized routing on this interface the default is 3 hours You can use Site Manager to specify a holddown period between 15 seconds and 259 200 seconds 72 hours For dial optimized routing the maximum value is 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks Site Manager Holddown Timer parameter page A 98 4 10 114065 Rev A Customizing RIP Services Specifying a Stabilization Time The stabilization time is the period tha
80. in government networks for example DSNET which handle sensitive data requiring a greater degree of security Blacker front end support allows the router to connect to BFE devices The BFE device in turn provides the router with encryption services while acting as the data communications equipment DCE end of the connection between the router and the X 25 network Figure 3 8 Hosts using attached BFE devices can communicate with each other over an unsecured packet switched network using data paths secured by the encryption services of the BFEs These hosts are part of a Red virtual network The packet switched network that carries both the data secured by BFEs and any other unsecured data is known as the Black network 114065 Rev A 3 47 Configuring IP Services Router BFE X 25 DDN BFE Router Black Network L Router Red Network IPOOISA Figure 3 8 Blacker Front End Network Configuration BFE devices receive authorization and address translation services from an Access Control Center residing on the Black network The ACC makes access control decisions that determine which hosts are allowed to communicate with each other A Key Distribution Center KDC residing on the Black network provid
81. in the forwarding table You set values in BGP 4 accept and announce policy parameters to match and in some cases override the attribute values contained in inbound and outbound update messages 6 22 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Configuring a BGP 4 AS Pattern Matching Policy In the Bay Networks implementation of AS path pattern matching for Version 10 0 the user must know regular expression syntax For Version 11 0 we have provided a simpler syntax This syntax is defined in Table 6 3 IP software passes this simple form of regular expressions to a preprocessor that expands the simple expression into a generic regular expression There are two additional changes in AS pattern matching syntax for Version 11 0 e AS pattern matching for Version 11 0 uses a new symbol to denote AS path segments of the type AS_SET In Version 10 0 AS sets are denoted by the symbols Beginning with Version 11 0 AS sets are denoted by e Version 10 0 requires that the user enter a space delimiter after entering the last AS in an AS pattern matching expression for example 555 Beginning with Version 11 0 the extra space delimeter at the end of an AS list is no longer necessary for example 555 Table 6 3 Characters in AS Path Pattern Matching Symbol or Operator Meaning lt Denotes beginning of an AS SEQUENCE segment gt Denotes end of an AS SEQUENCE segment Denotes
82. inbound IP datagrams to contain labels Select All the router requires all inbound IP datagrams received on this interface to contain basic IP security options 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 79 A 56 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Min Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the minimum security level that the router allows for inbound or outbound IP datagrams This parameter together with the Max Level parameter specifies the range of classification levels that the router will accept and process The router drops IP datagrams it receives on this interface that are below the minimum level specified here Select a minimum security level for this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 80 Max Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Top Secret Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the maximum security level that the router allows for inbound or outbound IP datagrams This parameter together with the Min Level parameter specifies the range of classification levels that the router accepts The router drops IP datagrams it receives or transmits on this interface that are above the maximum level specified he
83. is zero ppp is the port ID in bits dddd dddddd is the domain ID in bits bb bbbbbbbb is the BFE ID in bits BFE supports only physical addressing It does not support either logical addresses or subaddresses Configuring Blacker Front End Support To configure BFE support on an IP interface you must e Configure an X 25 interface that conforms to the BFE requirements described in this section e Enable the IP routing protocol on the interface e Enable RIPSO support on the interface Beginning at the Configuration Manager window perform the following procedures 114065 Rev A 3 49 Configuring IP Services Configure an X 25 interface When you initially configure packet level parameters for the X 25 interface make certain to a Set the Network Address Type parameter to BFE_NETWORK b Set the DDN IP Address parameter to the IP address that is assigned to your BFE connection Edit the packet layer parameters for the X 25 interface so that they match the settings specified in Table 3 3 Add network service record s to the X 25 interface Edit the network service record parameters for the X 25 interface so that they match the settings specified in Table 3 4 Remember to set the DDN BFE parameter to Enable Enable the IP routing protocol on the X 25 interface The IP address specified must match the one specified in the packet layer parameter setting Edit the IP interface record The address resolution
84. list Applicable only for RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates received on any interface RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 12 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 12 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 12 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 12 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 12 B 28 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From OSPF Router ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IDs of one or more OSPF routers This policy applies to OSPF advertisements authored by a router on this list Applicable only for OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty
85. logging 6 25 path attributes 6 5 peer to peer communication 6 13 BGP parameters BGP peers Connect Retry Timer A 9 External Advertisement Timer A 8 Holdtime A 9 Local AS to Advertise to Peer A 10 Peer Address A 6 configuration Local AS A 1 event logging Remote Address A 16 global BGP Identifier A 1 IBGP Intra AS Routing A 3 weight Weight Value A 12 A 13 A 14 BGP 3 parameters BGP 3 Preference C 16 Enable C 15 Export Action C 19 Export Address C 17 Export Enable C 19 Export from Protocol C 18 Export Mask C 17 Export Neighbor AS C 20 Export Origin C 20 Export Peer Address C 18 114065 Rev A Index 1 Configuring IP Services Export Peer AS C 18 Export Use Inter AS Metric C 19 Import Address C 13 Import Mask C 13 Import Peer Address C 14 Import Peer AS C 14 Import Peer Original AS C 14 Import Route Origin C 15 Preference C 16 BGP 4 parameters global Enable A 6 Blacker Front End support 3 26 3 47 3 48 addressing 3 48 3 49 configuring 3 49 border router OSPF 5 30 broadcast address definition of 3 16 for subnets 3 16 broadcast network 5 15 C circuitless IP interfaces 2 15 configuring 2 15 Classless Inter Domain Routing CIDR 1 8 CompuServe Bay Networks forum on xxvi configuring circuitless IP interfaces 2 15 Customer Service FTP xxv customer support See getting help D DDN X 25 address resolution 3 29 deleting BGP 2 10
86. maximum transmission unit MTU size used on all networks an IP datagram must traverse from source to destination By default IP does not respond to Probe Requests Using Site Manager you can configure IP to issue a Reply MTU on this interface in response to a Probe MTU Site Manager MTU Discovery parameter page A 26 By enabling IP to respond to Probe MTUs on this interface you eliminate transit fragmentation and destination reassembly for datagrams destined for this interface and therefore decrease network load The Reply MTU and the Probe MTU are options 11 and 12 in RFC 1063 3 18 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Configuring ICMP Features on an Interface IP routers and hosts exchange control messages defined by the Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP The following sections describe the ICMP messages that you can enable and disable on an IP interface Enabling ICMP Address Mask Replies on an Interface You can configure IP to generate ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol address mask reply messages on this interface in response to valid address mask request messages The interface generates ICMP address mask reply messages in compliance with the relevant sections of RFCs 950 and 1009 By default IP does not generate address mask reply messages You can use Site Manager to enable the feature on the interface Site Manager Addr Mask Reply parameter page A 26 Enabling ICMP
87. mode a router sends Hello and Poll messages to request reachability status from its neighbor In the passive mode a router responds to Hello and Poll messages with I H U and update messages By default EGP is configured to execute both the active and passive poll mode You can use Site Manager to execute the active or passive mode only Site Manager Poll Mode parameter page A 20 7 8 114065 Rev A Customizing EGP Services Setting Neighbor Timers EGP uses two configurable timers the hello timer and the poll timer The hello timer determines the number of seconds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Hello message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 t1 timer By default EGP sends a hello message every 60 seconds You can use Site Manger to supply a value between 30 and 120 seconds The poll timer determines the interval between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Poll message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T2 timer By default EGP retransmits a poll message every 180 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a value between 120 and 480 seconds Site Manager Hello Timer parameter page A 21 Site Manager Poll Timer parameter page A 21 114065 Rev A 7 9 Chapter 8 Customizing NetBIOS over IP This chapter consists of the following sections e NetBIOS Concepts and Terminology page 8 2 NetBIOS in an IP Environment page 8 3 Forwarding Name Q
88. must be set to X 25 BFE DDN Also configure IP security options RIPSO on the interface IP security must be enabled and labels are required on all outbound data For instructions on performing Steps 1 through 4 see Configuring X 25 Services For instructions on performing Steps 5 and 6 see the section Configuring the Revised IP Security Option on an Interface on page 3 37 Note Generally the synchronous line parameter settings are the same for both a DDN X 25 link and a BFE X 25 link However if your operating environment has specific needs you may want to edit synchronous line parameters See the appropriate protocol manual for instructions 3 50 114065 Rev A Table 3 3 Customizing IP Services BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings X 25 Parameter BFE Required Setting Enable Enable Network Address Type BFE_NETWORK PDN X 121 Address Parameter is ignored DDN IP Address Specify the IP address assigned to your BFE connection Sequence Size MOD8 Restart Procedure Type DTE_RESTART Default Tx Rx Window Size BFE range is 2 to 7 This setting should match the default value configured in the BFE This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Default Tx Rx Packet Length BFE options include 128 256 512 and 1024 This setting should match the default value configured in the BFE This value should be coordinated with the X 2
89. network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services The Select Protocols window opens Select IP and RIP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Site Manager displays the IP Configuration window Edit the IP Configuration window as described in Starting IP on page 2 3 Click on OK Adding RIP to an IP Interface To add RIP to an IP interface begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector to which you want to add RIP services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens Click on RIP to select it Click on OK to exit the window Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window 114065 Rev A 2 5 Configuring IP Services Deleting RIP from An IP Interface To delete RIP from an interface on which it is currently configured begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector from which you want to delete RIP services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens The RIP button is highlighted to show that RIP is enabled on the IP interface Click on RIP to delete it Click on OK to exit the window Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window Custo
90. of a remote IP interface In situations where BGP speakers reside on routers that have multiple network connections over multiple IP interfaces the typical case for IBGP speakers consider using the address of the router s circuitless IP interface as the local peer address By using the address of the circuitless IP interface as the local peer address in an IBGP configuration you are ensuring that BGP is reachable as long as there is an active circuit on the router Configuring BGP Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link A BGP peer to peer connection cannot be configured directly on an unnumbered interface To establish a connection each side of the connection must be associated with a numbered interface For example consider the two routers in Figure 6 3 Router A and Router B are connected by a point to point network using unnumbered interfaces Both routers are configured with BGP Peer to Peer Connection Network 1 Network 3 Point to Point Network Router A Router B Numbered IP interface configured for a BGP peer to peer connection Unnumbered IP interface IP0049A Figure 6 3 BGP over an Unnumbered Point to point Link 6 14 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services To establish a peer to peer connection between Router A and Router B you must 1 Choose a numbered interface on each router for the peer to peer connection Note the network subnet that each interface i
91. peer responds with an Open message that also contains a holddown time value If the BGP speakers establish a session they use the lesser value which must be greater than 2 There are two exceptions to this rule If one peer sends a zero holddown time the peers use the nonzero holdtime on the session If both peers send zero holddown times the peers observe no holddown time on the session By default BGP inserts a value of 90 seconds into the Open message You can use Site Manager to specify a holddown time value or disable the holddown function Site Manager Holdtime parameter page A 9 Setting a Minimum AS Origination Interval By default a BGP speaker that issues an update to advertise a change in the AS must wait at least 15 seconds before advertising a subsequent change You can use Site Manager to specify a different interval Site Manager Min AS Origination Interval parameter page A 10 114065 Rev A 6 19 Configuring IP Services Overriding the Local AS Number By default a BGP speaker that issues an open message to initiate a peer to peer session uses the AS number that you set with the Local AS parameter You can use Site Manager to include a different AS number overriding the default or use the AS number you specified in the Local AS parameter Site Manager Local AS to Advertise to Peer parameter page A 10 Specifying a Maximum Update Size By default a BGP speaker
92. policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements with any tag value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 11 EGP Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP addresses of one or more EGP peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements from the peers on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from any EGP peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 10 114065 Rev A B 9 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers located in the autonomous systems on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 11 Gateway List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Sp
93. policy parameters Action accept B 4 Action announce B 23 Advertise announce B 26 Aggregator AS List accept B 17 Aggregator Router List accept B 17 Announce Tag B 40 Apply Subnet Mask accept B 8 C 5 AS List Accept B 10 AS Path announce B 50 AS Path Override announce B 45 AS Pattern announce B 52 AS Weight Class accept B 13 B 18 Atomic announce B 51 BGP 3 Route Preference accept B 13 BGP 4 Preference accept B 18 Community Match accept B 14 B 19 Community Match announce B 46 B 52 EGP Interface List announce B 42 EGP Metric announce B 42 114065 Rev A Index 5 Configuring IP Services EGP Peer List announce B 41 Enable accept B 1 Enable announce B 20 External Route Source announce B 38 B 41 B 43 B 47 From BGP Peer announce B 35 From BGP Peer AS announce B 36 From EGP Peer announce B 32 From Gateway accept B 7 From OSPF Router ID announce B 29 From RIP Gateway announce B 27 Gateway List accept B 10 Injection List accept B 11 B 15 Inter AS Metric Selector announce B 44 Local Preference accept B 18 Local Preference Override announce B 50 Local Preference Value announce B 51 Multi Exit Discriminator announce B 48 Multi Exit Discriminator Value announce B 49 Name accept B 2 Name announce B 21 Networks accept B 3 Networks announce B 22 Next Hop announce B 51 Origin announce
94. raisini naaa 5 16 Configurable Cost Metrics Usage Example cccceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 5 23 OSPF ASE FONES ata ictaccdineianagentaiesinn wrabieadialoneleeidisaieedioiaandielniites 5 27 Ao Bxienial ROW Tad priri annaa Ga atsnceiniGe 5 29 Aica Border ROUET nonce a ue ee aaa aia 5 31 Virtual Link and WAN SIT ATSE scssi dssctcaniesesccieacstiesntiasiesarainertddedaocenaaniuass 5 33 BGP Connecting Autonomous Systems Running OSPF assesses 6 2 Trans AUIGNOIMOUS SVSLSIM pierieras eeki 6 4 BGP over an Unnumbered Point to point Link 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Establishing and Confirming a Connection between BGP Peers 6 16 EGP Connection between Two Autonomous Systems Running RIP 7 2 GTS ROS Ve a E E AEAT E nia E OE N ETT 8 2 Broadcasting a Name Query Request essseesssesssssssesssrrssrrresrnrerrnesnnees 8 4 Returning a Unicast Name Query Response ccccceesceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 8 5 PASS Pr OM siririn E E 2 XV Tables Table 1 1 Subnet Masks for Class B and Class C Addresses cccceeteeeeerees 1 6 Table 1 2 IF Router RFO SUDOOIE uriar ner eure nmr meer rt Se eric nrcenah tty seen purr teeny et 1 17 Table 3 1 Source Route Bridge Support for Host Only Mode cceceeeeeeeeees 3 5 Table 3 2 Learning Bridge Support for Host Only Mode cceeeeeseeeseeteeeeneeeees 3 6 Table 3 3 BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings sssrinin 3 51 Table 3 4 BFE X
95. router provides access to one area in the OSPF domain By default OSPF assumes that each interface provides access to the backbone area Configuring an Area ID In an AS that contains multiple areas each OSPF interface is configured with the ID of the area to which it is connected In Figure 5 1 for example R5 is an internal router in Area 0 0 0 1 Each of its interfaces is attached to a network in that area Therefore each interface is configured with area ID 0 0 0 1 By default OSPF assigns area ID 0 0 0 0 the backbone ID to each interface You can use Site Manager to assign an area ID to an OSPF interface Site Manager Area ID parameter page A 78 5 14 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Specifying the Network Type By default OSPF assumes that the interface is attached to a broadcast network You can use Site Manager to specify one of the following network types Broadcast Default Select Broadcast if this network is a broadcast LAN such as Ethernet NBMA Select nonbroadcast multiaccess if the network is a nonbroadcast network such as X 25 Point to point Select Point to point for a synchronous point to point interface Point to multipoint STD Select Point to multipoint STD if the network is a point to multipoint network Point to multipoint Select Point to multipoint if you want to use the Bay Networks proprietary solution for Frame Relay point to multipoint netw
96. such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties ji 114065 Rev A Bay Networks Software License Note This is Bay Networks basic license document In the absence of a software license agreement specifying varying terms this license or the license included with the particular product shall govern licensee s use of Bay Networks software This Software License shall govern the licensing of all software provided to licensee by Bay Networks Software Bay Networks will provide licensee with Software in machine readable form and related documentation Documentation The Software provided under this license is proprietary to Bay Networks and to third parties from whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights Bay Networks will not grant any Software license whatsoever either
97. the entry from the server within the specified time to live If the entry is invalid the Name Query Request will not reach the server In this case the entry quickly ages out By default inactive NetBIOS names expire from the NetBIOS name cache after 300 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify any time value that can rapidly age infrequently referenced names out of the NetBIOS name cache Site Manager Name Cache Age parameter page A 68 Choose an aging value that allows infrequently referenced or obsolete server names to expire from the name cache The smaller the value the less efficient broadcast reduction is but the more quickly the network recovers topology changes 114065 Rev A 8 9 Configuring IP Services Customizing a Cache Search The mechanism that NetBIOS uses to search for a name in the cache is based on a fast string hash search mechanism developed for AppleTalk Zone Name processing This mechanism uses a hash table that NetBIOS builds and maintains on the router Increasing the number of entries in the hash table e Decreases the number of names the router must compare before finding a specific cached name e Decreases the amount of time it takes the router to find a particular cached name e Increases memory usage Note that increasing the number of entries in the hash table does not increase the number of names the router can cache This is determined by user configuration and by avail
98. the following steps 1 Select Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Delete BGP 4 A popup window opens prompting Do you really want to delete BGP 4 2 Click on OK You are returned to the Configuration Manager window BGP 4 is removed from all circuits on the router Customizing BGP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start BGP using all default values and settings For information on modifying BGP defaults see Chapter 6 114065 Rev A 2 11 Configuring IP Services Starting EGP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services The Select Protocols window opens 1 Select IP and EGP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Site Manager displays the IP configuration window 2 Edit the IP Configuration window as described in Starting IP on page 2 3 3 Click on OK The EGP Neighbors Parameters window opens 4 Supply the following information e IP address of the remote neighbor There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to supply the address Site Manager Remote Autonomous System IP Address parameter page A 19 e Gateway mode of the remote neighbor There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to specify the mode core or noncore Site Manager Gateway Mode parameter page
99. this policy matches the policy To specify any source use the default RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 8 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 8 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 8 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 8 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 8 114065 Rev A B 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Advertise Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Specifies network IDs to include in place of the network IDs listed in the route to be advertised Specify a non null value only if the announce Action parameter is Propagate The values you enter in the advertise list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are advertised instead of the actual IDs in the route If you use the default an empty list the actual IDs are ad
100. this router If NetBIOS has been configured on this router use this parameter to disable and re enable it as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 2 NetBIOS Name Caching Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global Disable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables the ability of the router to cache the name associated with each NetBIOS server that is active on the network Select Enable to activate NetBIOS server name caching at every NetBIOS interface configured on the node 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 4 15 Character NetBIOS Name Caching Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables the ability of the router to treat a NetBIOS name as either a 15 or a 16 character entity Select Enable to activate 15 character NetBIOS name caching at every NetBIOS interface configured on this router Select Disable if you want NetBIOS to treat names as 16 character entities 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 5 A 66 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Create MIB Inst for Cached Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables the ability of the system to Create a MIB instance for each name entry s
101. to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 5 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 5 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Weight Value 6 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 6 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selecti
102. to multipoint networks select Point to multipoint Set this parameter to match this interface type If you set this parameter to NBMA you need to configure neighbors manually 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 7 Rtr Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 0 to 255 Indicates the priority of this interface The router priority value is used in multiaccess networks Broadcast NBMA or point to multipoint for the election of the designated router If this parameter is set to 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the case of equal Rtr Priority values the router ID will determine which router will become the designated router However if there already is a designated router on the network when you start this router it will remain the designated router no matter what your priority or router ID Set the router priority to a value between 0 and 255 or accept the default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 8 114065 Rev A A 79 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Transit Delay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 second 1 to 3600 seconds Indicates the estimated number of seconds it takes to route a packet over this interface Ei
103. which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 9 Outbound Interfaces Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of outbound RIP interfaces If an interface appears in this list the policy applies to RIP advertisements sent via that interface Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to any outbound RIP interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 22 B 38 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies RIP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric Specifies an optional export RIP metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Set the Action parameter to Announce If you use the default the RIP metric is the routing table metric calculated for RIP plus the interface cost 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 23 OSPF Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies 0 Type 1 Type 2
104. which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 3 114065 Rev A C 9 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters None Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 4 Export From Protocol Configu
105. 1 lt 4 Router B Router C S Router D Key Client Server S O NetBiOS IP Interface IP0034A Figure 8 3 Returning a Unicast Name Query Response 114065 Rev A 8 5 Configuring IP Services Forwarding Name Queries over an Unnumbered Interface NetBIOS cannot be configured directly on an unnumbered interface Because of this restriction Name Query Requests cannot be broadcast over an unnumbered interface To forward Name Query Requests over unnumbered interfaces the network administrator configures a static NetBIOS name entry to the proper NetBIOS name server see Enabling and Disabling Static Name Caching on page 8 12 In this way Name Query Requests will traverse the unnumbered interfaces as unicast IP packets Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on a Router When you start NetBIOS on the router NetBIOS is automatically enabled You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable NetBIOS as required Site Manager Enable Disable parameter page A 66 Specifying a TTL Value for a Rebroadcast Packet The TTL value restricts the number of routers a rebroadcast packet can traverse To prevent NetBIOS broadcast packets from traversing the network indefinitely set the parameter to a minimal value By default NetBIOS sets the TTL value in each packet to 5 You can use Site Manager to set a TTL value from
106. 1 15 1 11 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters Any Any IGP EGP Incomplete If From Protocol is set to RIP or Static and Action is set to Propagate you can use this parameter to change the Origin attribute that is advertised for this network If you want to change the Origin attribute select a valid option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 13 Export Neighbor AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 to 65535 If the Export Action parameter is set to Propagate and the Export Origin parameter is set to EGP then this parameter must be set to a nonzero value The value specified here is used as the EGP neighbor AS number when the AS path is constructed Specify a value within the assigned range 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 14 C 20 114065 Rev A EGP Import and Export Route Filters EGP Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import
107. 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 15 114065 Rev A B 31 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From EGP Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP peers This policy applies to EGP advertisements authored by a router on this list Applicable only for EGP source routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 16 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 16 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 16 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 16 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 16 B 32 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Inst
108. 1 to 255 Site Manager Rebroadcast Packet TTL parameter page A 69 8 6 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP Enabling the Insertion of Record Route Option The Insertion of Record Route option prevents rebroadcast packets from looping forever by allowing the NetBIOS entity in the router to determine whether it has received this packet before on this interface If so the router drops it By default the NetBIOS Insertion of Record Route option in rebroadcast packets is disabled You can use Site Manager to enable the option Site Manager Rebroadcast Record Route parameter page A 69 If all IP entities support this option enable it on the router Configuring a NetBIOS Cache NetBIOS is a broadcast intensive protocol Much of the broadcast overhead is related to maintaining unique names across the network and providing end users with access to NetBIOS applications The amount of overhead grows with the number of NetBIOS resources applications servers and clients on the network To keep broadcast traffic to a minimum each router that runs NetBIOS over IP builds and maintains a cache of NetBIOS name IP address pairs using information contained in the Name Query Responses it receives and forwards In Figure 8 3 for example 1 Router A receives a Name Query Response from the server The router gleans from the Name Query Response the name and IP address of the server 2 The router stores t
109. 10 Specifies an OSPF ASE metric type to use in advertisements for routes that match this policy Enter 0 if you want to use the default metric that IP includes in the advertisement based on the route source For a BGP EGP or RIP route the default is Type 2 For routes from all other sources the default is Type 1 Set the Action parameter to propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 22 114065 Rev A B 39 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Null Null or a tag value Specifies a value for the OSPF external route tag field If the outgoing route matches this policy the router places this value in the field Set the Action parameter to Propagate and set the Automatic Tag parameter to Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 23 Automatic Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Disable Enable Disable Enables BGP OSPF automatic tag generation Select Disable the default to use the value you specify with the Tag parameter Select Enable to generate a tag according to the criteria in RFC 1403 or any superseding R
110. 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 27 114065 Rev A B 45 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Null An IP address Overrides the Next Hop path attribute with the IP address you specify To allow the existing Next Hop attribute use the default null value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 28 Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 29 B 46 114065 Rev A Routing Policies BGP 4 Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policie
111. 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings 0 se 3 53 Table 6 1 BGP 3 Path Attributes ss cccccdccccssvscesaceodscnsiinessduuniiscecracuiaicies a a 6 5 Table 6 2 BGP 4 Optional Path AUMBUTCS sccscencucscxeivdaratanwastinsaenveres ceucunsnademnateaeadte 6 6 Table 6 3 Characters in AS Path Pattern Matching 0 c cceeseeceeeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 6 23 Table 7 1 Router Mode Determinator cisciccscccsccasscccissscsscccssdcasccnesscdssansasoadsadnnersesances 7 3 Table E 1 intemal Backbone Rouler 1 ic das cen pioee cna niaies E 3 Table E 2 Atea Border Router 2 esccaine a E 4 Table E 3 Area Border Router 3 aeee E Oe E 5 Table E4 Area Border ROUGI A sicssscicetecesiicnncadagisncntandiencalactaxicohaddajincdticedsonaseasiniens E 6 Table E 5 internal Backbone Router 5 ssisiissesriiiisinriiiensicatetiiniinssiniinianisiienuiabeininea E 7 Tab E SG As Boundary Rouler G renrorsniara eae E 7 114065 Rev A xvii About This Guide If you are responsible for configuring and managing Bay Networks routers you need to read this guide This guide provides an overview of the Configuration Manager and instructions about e Starting up a router configuration file e Configuring the router s connection to the Technician Interface console e Specifying administrative information e Implementing configurations created in local or remote mode and saving dynamically made changes to a configuration file e Using the Configuration Change ut
112. 5 service record value Number of incoming SVC channels Zero 0 BFE does not support the one way logical channel incoming facility Incoming SVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored Number of outgoing SVC channels Any valid nonzero setting Bidirectional SVC LCN Any valid nonzero setting Number of outgoing SVC channels Zero 0 BFE does not support the one way logical channel outgoing facility Outgoing SVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored Number of PVC channels Zero 0 BFE does not support PVCs PVC LCN Start Parameter is ignored T1 Timer T2 Timer T3 Timer T4 Timer BFE has no special requirements for any of these four parameters Flow Control Negotiation Set to On if you do not want to use the default values configured in the BFE for this link continued 114065 Rev A 3 51 Configuring IP Services Table 3 3 BFE X 25 Packet Level Parameter Settings continued X 25 Parameter BFE Required Setting Max Window Size BFE range is 2 to 7 If you specify any other setting than the default value configured in the BFE set Flow Control Negotiation to On This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Max Packet Length BFE options include 128 256 512 and 1024 If you specify any other value than the default value configured in the BFE then set Flow Control Negotiation to On If the IP interfac
113. 5 Rev A A 59 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Implicit Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Implicit Authority and Implicit Level fields to create an implicit label The router supplies the implicit label to unlabeled inbound datagrams received by this interface If you select Disable the router does not supply implicit labels for this interface Accept the default Enable to allow the router to supply implicit labels for unlabeled inbound datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 86 Implicit Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies the authority flags that the router sets when it supplies implicit security labels for unlabeled inbound IP datagrams Select all of those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies an implicit security label The set of authority flags you specify here must include the set of authority flags you specified for the Must In Authority parameter and cannot include any of the flags you did not specify for the May In Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 87 A 60 114065 Rev A
114. 5_PDN for your X 25 PDN interfaces Select PROBE to enable HP Probe on the interface Select ARPPROBE to enable both ARP and HP Probe 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 13 114065 Rev A A 27 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Proxy Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether this interface uses Proxy ARP to respond to ARPs for a remote network Select On to enable Proxy ARP on this interface In order to enable Proxy ARP you must have set the ARP parameter to Enable for this interface When you enable Proxy ARP the IP router assumes responsibility for IP datagrams destined for the remote network To enable Proxy ARP for subnets reachable via a default route also set the Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter to Enable To enable Proxy ARP for remote destinations on other networks set the Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter to Accept Select Off to disable Proxy ARP on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 14 Host Cache Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off Off 120 180 240 300 600 900 1200 seconds Specifies whether the IP router times out entries in the address resolution cache for this interface and specifies the timeout interval in seconds if the interface do
115. 8 Import Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the gateway advertised as the next hop for the network The default value of 0 means any gateway Enter the appropriate gateway number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 9 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this import route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 2 C 22 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters Accept Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If you select Accept default the routing information is sent to the routing tables If you select Ignore the routing information is dropped Either accept the default Accept or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 5 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 1 1 to 15 Assigns a w
116. A P Comiguraton FaranmeteiS aiiai Aaa A 22 IP Trt Param iers icc cscaauioarkdcacdsinnsdassdaceneas nania innia A NAi lanscueadianauehaadads A 24 ewe leiarsi Pael ES mene pee maine eset meee rere err re mtn Cem rear r et emern rae re rrereete rte A 39 IP Accounting Parameters ronin aneiavaydn Qecihasidetas eran ens wuts A 46 Sane Rote PINON srs ea ERa GEENEEN _A 47 Adacent Host Paramotis Ficsean nee oaair R irrena A 51 TAP PAGNE aiaia A eia egian A 53 RIPSO Pa a aineina en es ease dA ise heen dads A 55 Router Discovery Parnes acc seus canis naiat denied sa diaetenis A 64 PoE E tr ta tnem rer N A 66 NeBIOS Cibbal Petr sirosis RNG A 66 NetBIOS IP Interface Table Parameters ccccccccecssecceceecsneeeeseeaaeeeseeenaeeeeeeenaas A 69 Sianc Enty Ple PFaramelorS sssrini takes tate Naatiemiads A 71 MOP are ieee acc escaa dace cca lo a E A 73 OSPF Global Parameters ruinerna aaa iiaa a Rai auth danas AN A 73 OSPF Interac Paramita S wccenscacteteesassaccccrancdenesdddee ce lies pusexcchaudencetissdueeuntedeasbouiats _A 78 Neighbor Parameters for an NBMA Interface 0 cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeneeeteeeeeeeneeteenes A 84 OSPF Area Parameters assis cctnacisce cits ades sundantis dausetiestdariminndaagasiunen ids anaiai adiaiiis A 85 Area Fonde Parame lors isc scccicled ee tcsaectts ankrecaaerangtedaerteldadsyssteeadenen i A 88 OSPF Virtual Interlace Parameters cccvissrccteersiedsdaaicesteiveieeeiicdcdatinadedenien A 90 RIP Parameters cccc
117. A 19 5 Click on OK Deleting EGP from the Router You can delete EGP from all router circuits on which it is currently enabled To delete EGP begin at the Configuration Manager window and complete the following steps 1 Select Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Delete EGP A window opens prompting Do you really want to delete EGP 2 Click on OK 2 12 114065 Rev A Starting IP Services Customizing EGP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start EGP using all default values and settings For information on modifying EGP defaults see Chapter 7 Starting NetBIOS over IP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services 3 The Select Protocols window opens Select IP and NetBIOS from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Site Manager displays the IP configuration window Edit the IP Configuration Window as described in Starting IP on page 2 3 Click on OK Adding NetBIOS to an IP Interface To add NetBIOS to an IP interface begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector to which you want to add NetBIOS services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens Click on NetBIOS to select it Click on O
118. Any slot on the router Indicates which slot s the OSPF soloist is eligible to run on If the slot on which the OSPF soloist is running goes down the router will attempt to run OSPF on another slot specified by this parameter Select all of the appropriate slots Use caution when selecting the slot s on which OSPF may run If you choose an empty slot and it is the only slot you choose OSPF will not run if you choose a slot that becomes disabled and it is the only slot you choose OSPF will not restart 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 10 ASE Metric Support Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Disable Enable Disable Causes the router to use the route weight as the OSPF metric in OSPF ASE Type 2 advertisements Disable ASE metric support if the router is to interoperate with routers using a pre 8 00 OSPF version The new metric is not compatible with the pre 8 00 metric 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 11 Backup Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables the backup OSPF soloist s backup link state database When the parameter is set to Disable the OSPF backup soloist will not maintain a copy of the OSPF link state database Select the default Disable if you do not want to back up the OSPF soloist 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 12 114065 Rev A A 75 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options
119. BGP 3 2 10 EGP 2 12 IP from an interface 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 8 2 13 dial optimized routing for RIP 4 9 E EGP modes 7 3 overview of 7 1 EGP parameters Acquisition Mode A 20 Action C 23 C 26 Enable C 22 C 26 Export Address C 24 Export from Protocol C 25 Export Mask C 24 Export OSPF Tag C 26 Export OSPF Type C 25 Export Peer C 25 Hello Timer 7 9 Import Address C 21 Import AS C 22 Import Gateway C 22 Import Peer C 21 Interface C 27 Metric C 27 Preference C 23 Enable Default Route for Subnets A 44 equal cost mulipath 3 11 equal cost multipath OSPF 5 13 RIP 4 8 external route tag OSPF 5 28 G getting help from a Bay Networks Technical Response Center xxvii from the Support Source CD xxvi through CompuServe xxvi through Customer Service FTP xxv through InfoFACTS service xxvii through World Wide Web xxv Index 2 114065 Rev A H HP Probe definition of 3 29 l IBGP interior BGP 6 3 implementation notes EGP 7 5 OSPF 5 7 InfoFACTS service xxvii interface definition of 3 13 Interior Gateway Protocol IGP 1 8 Internet Network Information Center NIC 1 2 Internet Requests for Comments RFCs IP router compliance 1 17 Internet service provider ISP mode 3 12 Inverse ARP 3 29 IP parameters IP Address A 22 Subnet Mask A 22 Transmit Beast Addr A 23 IP accounting 3 35 IP address definition of 1 2 network classes 1 2 specifying in dotted
120. C Address or E 164 Address page 3 21 Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network page 3 22 Enabling ICMP Redirect Messages page 3 19 Configuring an SMDS Address page 3 24 Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Relay Network page 3 24 Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table page 3 25 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet page 3 26 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet page 3 26 Configuring Address Resolution page 3 27 Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an Interface page 3 29 Selecting an Encapsulation Option for ARP and Probe page 3 30 Enabling Proxy ARP on an Interface page 3 31 Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache page 3 32 Defining an Adjacent Host page 3 33 Configuring IP Accounting on a Frame Relay Interface page 3 35 Enabling IP Accounting on the Router page 3 35 Specifying the Maximum Size of the IP Accounting Table page 3 35 Controlling Notification of a Full IP Accounting Table page 3 36 Copying the IP Accounting Table to the Checkpoint Table page 3 36 Configuring the Trivial File Transfer Protocol page 3 36 Configuring the Revised IP Security Option on an Interface page 3 37 Defining a Static Route page 3 45 Defining a Black Hole for a Supernet page 3 46 Configuring Router Discovery page 3 46 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End page 3 47 3 2 114065 Rev A Custo
121. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables an EGP neighbor relationship with the specified IP address Set this parameter to Disable if you want to temporarily disable this neighbor relationship rather than delete it Or set it to Enable if you previously disabled this neighbor relationship and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 2 Acquisition Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Passive Passive Active Specifies which of the two neighbors initiates EGP connections The router in the active mode is the initiator Set this parameter to Active if you want the local EGP neighbor to be the initiator of EGP connections Otherwise accept the default value Passive 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 7 Poll Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Both Active Passive Both Specifies the type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local EGP neighbor executes In the active mode a router sends Hello and Poll messages to request reachability status from its neighbor In the passive mode a router responds to Hello and Poll messages with I H U and update messages Accept the default value Both or set to either Active or Passive depending on the neighbor reachability algorithm you want this router to execute 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 8 A 20 114065 Rev A Site Ma
122. Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Tag Generation Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Zero Zero Autotag Proprietary Specifies the method of OSPF external tag field generation Set the parameter to Autotag if you want OSPF to generate a tag value according to RFC 1403 OSPF BGP Interaction Use the default to insert 0 into the tag field The Proprietary option is reserved for debugging purposes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 15 OSPF Maxium Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 1 path 1 to 5 equal cost paths Specifies the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a network installed by OSPF If you have enabled equal cost multpath support on the router specify a value from 2 to 5 114065 Rev A A 77 Configuring IP Services OSPF Interface Paramters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable This parameter indicates whether or not OSPF is enabled on this interface The default value Enable indicates that neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface and that this interface will be advertised as an internal route to some area The value Disab
123. EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses this filter acts upon For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address Thus any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the net ID portion of the address is filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address are filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 4 C 24 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Export From Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Any Any
124. F network The Bay Networks OSPF implementation does not restrict you to these suggestions but we are providing them as guidelines Keep the same password throughout an area or even throughout the entire OSPF AS if possible Use the default timers unless you are running 9 6 KB sync lines In this case double the default timers on both ends of the link Use address ranges if your network is a subnetted network Keep all subnets within one area If you cross areas you cannot configure summaries Make sure the AS Boundary Router function is enabled if the router has any non OSPF interfaces and if you want that information propagated You must configure virtual links for each area border router that does not reside within or directly interface to the backbone Every area border router must have a configured path to the backbone Rather than just a hop count OSPF considers the cost of a path when choosing the best path Each interface however is assigned the default cost 1 for the path to which it interfaces If you have a preferred path you must edit the Metric Cost parameter for your interfaces You will need to assign a higher metric cost for those paths which are not preferred paths If you have any devices in your network running OSPF and are now adding a Bay Networks router you must make sure that the router s timer values coincide with the timers in your other devices Determine the timer values of the other devices and
125. F router ID must be identical to the BGP identifier In addition the OSPF router ID must match one of the IP addresses configured on the router 114065 Rev A 5 9 Configuring IP Services Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot The OSPF protocol is implemented as a soloist that is as a single process running on a single slot of a router When you add an OSPF interface to a circuit the router enables OSPF on a slot If the slot on which the OSPF soloist is running goes down the router will attempt to run OSPF on another slot Each time the OSPF soloist is restarted all of the routing information is lost and must be relearned from the network The OSPF backup soloist provides a method of preserving information learned from the network in the event of an OSPF crash or slot removal avoiding the time consuming and resource intensive process of relearning routing information In the event of a crash or slot removal transition between the OSPF primary and backup soloist occurs without relearning routing information from the network By default the router uses any available slot for the OSPF soloist You can use Site Manager to specify the slot or slots or which the OSPF soloist runs Site Manager OSPF Slot parameter page A 75 By default OSPF does not maintain a copy of the link state database LSDB for the backup soloist You can use Site Manager to maintain an LSDB for the backup Site Manag
126. FC This parameter overrides the Tag Generation Method parameter on the OSPF Global Parameters window 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 24 OSPF Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric Specifies an optional OSPF metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Set the Action parameter for Announce If you use the default the OSPF metric is the routing table metric 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 25 B 40 114065 Rev A Routing Policies EGP Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 9 EGP Peer List Config
127. Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 3 Import Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this EGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The default 0 0 0 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 7 114065 Rev A C 21 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Autonomous System Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65536 Identifies the AS to which the EGP router at the remote end of this EGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates from this router The default 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1
128. GP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more EGP gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use a gateway on this list as the next hop Applicable only for EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements with any gateway address RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 18 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 18 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 18 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 18 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 18 B 34 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From BGP Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Mana
129. GP advertisements going to peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 22 114065 Rev A B 43 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Outbound Peers Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP numbers Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP peers If a BGP peer is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to any peer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 23 Inter AS Metric Selector Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies None None Specified Originating Indicates whether or not an inter AS metric is to be advertised for a network matching this policy and if advertised what value to use Select None to indicate that no metric is to be advertised Select Specified to indicate that the value you specify in the Specific Inter AS Metric parameter is to be used Select Originating to indicate that the metric from the originating protocol will be used This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 24 B 44
130. IP address cannot be the same as any of the local IP interface addresses The remote IP address must be on the same subnet as one of the local IP interfaces EGP does not have any loop avoidance techniques avoid loop topologies otherwise you will have to configure EGP route filters to counter the redundancies An EGP configuration between two ASs each using a subnetted interface to a class A network results in a routing black hole RIP Version 1 aggregates the single subnet into the natural network but the gateway router does not have complete subnet information or a natural network route to match the one being advertised by RIP Version 1 This black hole is not an EGP or RIP defect rather it is caused by the way RIP aggregates subnets into natural networks EGP will operate over a subnetted interface between two Bay Networks routers if a static route is implemented The router accepting the subnet from the remote network must augment the single subnet information with a static route for the entire remote network 114065 Rev A 7 5 Configuring IP Services Configuring EGP on the Router The following sections describe settings that affect the way EGP runs on the router Enabling and Disabling EGP When you start EGP on the router EGP is automatically enabled for operation You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable EGP Site Manager Enable parameter page A 18 Supplying a Local AS Number Each au
131. K to exit the window Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window 114065 Rev A 2 13 Configuring IP Services Deleting NetBIOS from an IP Interface To delete NetBIOS from an interface on which it is currently configured begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 Click on the connector from which you want to delete OSPF services 2 Click on Edit Circuit 3 Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens The NetBIOS button is highlighted to show that NetBIOS is enabled on the circuit 4 Click on NetBIOS to delete it 5 Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window Customizing NetBIOS over IP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start NetBIOS using all default values and settings For information on modifying NetBIOS defaults see Chapter 8 2 14 114065 Rev A Starting IP Services Using the Circuitless IP Interface A circuitless IP interface has an IP address that is not mapped to a specific circuit If one or more of the router s IP interfaces become disabled this circuitless feature ensures that the router is always reachable using the circuitless IP interface address as long as a viable path to the router exists The IP router can support one circuitless IP interface IP traffic is delivered to and transmitted from th
132. LE echo A BGP speaker that participates in inter AS multicast routing must advertise a route it receives from one of its external peers If the router stores the route in its routing table it must also advertise it back to the peer from which the route was received For a BGP speaker that does participate in inter AS multicast routing such echoing is optional 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services BGP AS Weight and Weight Class Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights Null 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which you want to assign a weight Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 4 Weight Value 1 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 1 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 2
133. Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Any valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the device for which you want to configure an adjacent host Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 3 Next Hop Interface Addr Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts 0 0 0 0 A valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the router s network interface to the adjacent host Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 4 114065 Rev A A 51 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Next Hop Interface Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts 0 0 0 0 Based on the network class of the IP address specified at the Next Hop Interface Addr parameter Specifies the subnet mask of the IP address specified for the Next Hop Addr parameter Enter the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 5 MAC Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Depend on the data link you have selected Specifies the physical address of the adjacent host This value can be a 48 bit Ethernet address a 64 bit SMDS addre
134. Network page 5 17 Estimating the Transit Delay page 5 18 Configuring Interface Timers page 5 19 Specifying Metric Cost page 5 23 Specifying the MTU Size page 5 24 Configuring OSPF on a Circuitless Interface page 5 25 Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface page 5 25 e Configuring a Boundary Router page 5 25 Enabling the Boundary Function page 5 25 Configuring AS External Advertisements page 5 26 Using the External Route Tag in an ASE page 5 28 e Configuring Authentication on an Interface page 5 30 e Configuring an Area Border Router page 5 30 Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link through a Transit Area page 5 32 Defining a Range for a Summary Route page 5 34 Configuring Border Services for a Stub page 5 34 5 2 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Concepts and Terminology OSPF is a link state protocol A router running a link state protocol periodically tests the status of the physical connection to each of its neighbor routers and sends this information to its other neighbors A link state protocol does not require each router to send its entire routing table to its neighbors Instead each OSPF router floods only link state change information throughout the autonomous system or area if the AS is divided into areas This process is referred to as the synchronization of the routers topological databases With the link information each router builds a shortest pat
135. P Figure 8 1 shows the position of NetBIOS and IP in a simple network architecture Host A Host B raon ote rower Sere e e ier d C ma E LAN WAN IP0032A Figure 8 1 NetBIOS over IP There are three categories of NetBIOS services the name service the session service and the datagram service The NetBIOS name service allows an application to e Verify that its own NetBIOS name is unique The application issues an Add Name Query to NetBIOS NetBIOS broadcasts the Add Name Query containing the name NetBIOS applications that receive the query return an Add Name Response or a Name in Conflict Response If no response to the query is received after typically six broadcasts the name is considered to be unique e Delete a NetBIOS name that the application no longer requires 8 2 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP e Use aserver s NetBIOS name to determine the server s network address The application issues a Name Query Request to NetBIOS containing the target server s NetBIOS name NetBIOS broadcasts the Name Query Request The server that recognizes the name returns a Name Query Response containing its network address The NetBIOS session service allows an application to conduct a reliable sequenced exchange of messages with another application The messages can be up to 131 071 bytes long The NetBIOS datagram service allows an application to exchange datagrams with a sp
136. PENSCIIANG a Holddoni PEro scnsiiinsi niadau daa aiaa aa 4 10 SpecNing a SUAS ANY TIME sarsdiisssneneeip cena lad iia 4 11 Chapter 5 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Concepts and Terminology Sudden E EEE PE ares sec Pe 5 3 OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks PE AA EEA E TI O A T 5 3 OSPF NE NOUS isinna oraa a aa ie aenea a aAA 5 3 NeidnDor Adacenge E iuc 5 4 Besionaied ROUTE rosea a A A oan veentsats 5 4 OSPF AOAR eacchases tar rarisccansctaadeceteSacenaastians sete E E E E 5 5 Area Internal Routers E E E E 5 6 aeee ee dale E A E EN E T A E E 5 6 Area WENN aena 5 6 Boundary Routers and AS External Routes cecccessseeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 5 6 OSPF lMplementation NOTES sarsana ened eae 5 7 Corminuring OSPF Gloda FENES rris nE ENAS 5 9 Enabling and Disabling OSPF on the Router sscniiroccnninsanisiraimaan 5 9 CDP MEI are WET oa 5 9 Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot ccceceesseeeeeessteeeeeeeee 5 10 Using the Holddown Timer to Relieve the CPU ou eesceceeeesceeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeees 5 11 ONIN Message LOGON sce dsztenacisccrsncaseacescosee Sopncadenintinnaenemtceasumsaas EIS 5 11 Configuring OSPF for Equal Cost Multipath Routing A AIE E A NT 5 13 Conigucnig OSPF anan IP WNGIACS sirini inaanak anii 5 14 Enabling and Disabling OSPF 2aciekwt cena 5 14 FURAN Met red VID irain an EAN NGA 5 14 Specifying the Network TYP enanar PAE 5 15 Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess b
137. Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Implicit Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the security level that the router sets when it supplies implicit security labels for unlabeled inbound IP datagrams Specify a level within the range specified by the Min Level and Max Level parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 88 Default Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Default Authority and Default Level fields to create a default label The router supplies the default label to unlabeled outbound datagrams originated or forwarded out this interface If you select Disable the router does not supply default labels for this interface To allow the router to supply default labels for unlabeled outbound datagrams accept the default Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 89 114065 Rev A A 61 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Default Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No autho
138. Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IP routing on this interface Set to Disable to disable IP routing over this circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 2 Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces You specified the subnet mask when you added IP to the circuit Depend on the class of the network to which the interface connects Specifies the network and subnetwork portion of the 32 bit IP address Enter the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 6 A 24 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Broadcast Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces You specified the broadcast address when you added IP to the circuit 0 0 0 0 or any IP address Specifies the broadcast address that the IP router uses to broadcast packets Accepting 0 0 0 0 for the broadcast address specifies that the IP router will use a broadcast address with a host portion of all 1s Accepting 0 0 0 0 does not configure the router to use the address 0 0 0 0 to broadcast
139. Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Default Route for Subnets Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether the IP router uses a default route for unknown subnets The default route must be present in the routing table When you set this parameter to Enable the IP router uses a default route When you set this parameter to Disable the IP router does not use a default route Accept the default Disable if you do not want the IP router to use a default route for unknown subnets Otherwise reset this parameter to Enable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 14 Maximum Policy Rules Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 32 Any integer Specifies the maximum number of policy rules that can be configured per policy type Accept or Announce per protocol To configure more than 32 Accept or Announce policy rules for a protocol you must set this parameter to a larger value IP will round the value up to the next multiple of 32 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 15 Route Filter Support Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not IP supports route filters If you do not require support for route filters select Disable Otherwise use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 16 A 44 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function
140. Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID NetBIOS Name Caching Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Interface Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables the ability of this interface to cache the name for each NetBIOS server active in the network Select Enable if you disabled server name caching previously and you want now to re enable that function Select Disable if you want to release system memory and processing resources otherwise dedicated to server name caching 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 2 1 8 Enable NetBIOS Inbound Broadcasts Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Interface Enabled Enable Disable Enables or disables inbound broadcasts on this interface If NetBIOS is configured and enabled on the router and enabled on this interface use this parameter to enable and disable inbound broadcasts as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 2 1 9 Enable NetBIOS Outbound Broadcasts Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Interface Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables outbound broadcasts on this interface If NetBIOS is configured and enabled on the router and enabled on this interface use this parameter to enable and disable outbound broadcasts as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 2 1 10 A 70 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID
141. Policies RIP Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID From Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one or more routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates from any router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 10 Received on Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP addresses of one or more interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP updates received on interfaces that appear on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates received on any interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 11 114065 Rev A B 7 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Apply Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Null Null or IP address mask Specifies a mask that will override the interface s subnet
142. RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 5 Export Peer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this EGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The default value 0 0 0 0 means any router Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation The address must be on the same subnet as a local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 7 Export OSPF Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters None Type 1 Type 2 Internal Specifies the type of routes to which this filter applies If you specify Type 1 then only AS External Type 1 routes are filtered If you specify Type 2 then only AS External Type 2 routes are filtered Note that this parameter is only used if the Export From Protocol parameter is set to OSPF Depending on the type of routes you want to filter select Type 1 Type 2 or Internal 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 8 114065 Rev A C 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Inst
143. RIPSO from simply accepting and forwarding labeled datagrams Thus in order for RIPSO to be effective all systems in a network must support RIPSO and process IP datagrams as described By default RIPSO is disabled on IP interfaces You can use Site Manager to enable RIPSO on an IP interface and specify the following e A range of acceptable security levels for IP datagrams the interface receives and transmits e A set of required and allowed authority values for IP datagrams the interface receives and transmits e Whether inbound datagrams received on this interface require security labels e Whether outbound datagrams transmitted on this interface either forwarded or originated by the router require security labels e Whether datagrams received or transmitted on this interface should have their labels stripped You also specify whether the router creates the following types of labels e Animplicit label which the router uses to label unlabeled inbound datagrams when required e A default label which the router uses to label unlabeled outbound datagrams when required e Anerror label which the router uses to label ICMP error messages associated with processing security options 3 38 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager Site Manager
144. RP you may want to configure a MAC address for an adjacent host to pre empt the ARP process You can use Site Manager to specify and supply The state active or inactive of the adjacent host in the IP routing tables The IP address of the device for which you want to configure an adjacent host The IP address of the router s network interface to the adjacent host The subnet mask of the IP address specified for the Next Hop Addr parameter The physical address of the adjacent host This value can be a 48 bit Ethernet address a 64 bit SMDS address an ATM PVC VPI VCI address or for an ATM SVC the address of the ATM interface The adjacent host s encapsulation method The X 121 address of the adjacent host for a PDN X 25 DDN X 25 or BFE X 25 connection 114065 Rev A 3 33 Configuring IP Services Site Manager Enable parameter page A 51 Site Manager IP Adjacent Host Address parameter page A 51 Site Manager Next Hop Interface Addr parameter page A 51 Site Manager Next Hop Interface Mask parameter page A 52 Site Manager MAC Address parameter page A 52 Site Manager Host Encapsulation parameter page A 52 Site Manager Adjacent Host X 121 Address parameter page A 53 3 34 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Configuring IP Accounting on a Frame Relay Interface IP Accounting is a mechanism for counting transit data packets that is packets that IP receives on one interface and
145. Redirect Messages An ICMP redirect is a message sent by the router to alert a host that it should be using a different path to route data By default IP sends ICMP redirect messages You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable this function Site Manager Redirects parameter page A 30 In some cases you do not want an interface to send out redirects For example in a Frame Relay network two stations on the same network may not be directly connected if the network is not fully meshed Thus in this case you would set Redirects to Disable 114065 Rev A 3 19 Configuring IP Services Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface An all subnet broadcast ASB datagram has a destination address equal to the broadcast address for an entire network all subnets For example if a network interface serves the subnet 128 10 2 1 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 the IP router considers any datagram with a destination address of 128 10 255 255 or 128 10 0 0 to be an ASB datagram By default IP does not flood ASB datagrams Using Site Manager you can configure IP to flood ASB datagrams out this interface Site Manager All Subnet Bcast parameter page A 27 3 20 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Disabling UDP Checksum Processing on the Interface By default UDP checksum processing is enabled on this interface All outgoing and incoming UDP datagrams are subject to checksumming
146. Relay cloud is set to the default management type It is non fully meshed with all Group Mode PVCs e There are three area border routers Router 2 Router 3 and Router 4 two internal backbone routers Router 1 and Router 5 and one AS boundary router Router 6 has an Ethernet interface using RIP e R2 is the designated router for the FDDI segment Router 4 must be the designated router for the Frame Relay cloud e The unnumbered LAN connecting Router 6 and Router D is included to ensure that every internal node in Area 0 0 0 1 is reachable from every other internal node 114065 Rev A E 1 Configuring IP Services Figure E 1 AS STUB Area 0 0 0 2 AS E Backbone 0 0 0 0 Router Z Router Y Router X Ss co 190 140 160 128 10 2 128 255 255 255 192 E21 129 EC j Internal Router 5 Backbone Router 128 10 2 0 5 F31 255 255 255 248 F31 72 O ABR F31 Router 4 4 F31 3 1 F31 FR Group Mode C Internal Non Fully Meshed Router 1 Backbone to 2 Spoke Routers E21 Router 128 10 2 65 255 255 255 192
147. SPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 14 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 14 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 14 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 14 B 30 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Received OSPF Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of tag values Specifies tag values that could be present in an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain tag values in this list Applicable only for OSPF sourced ASE routes and if OSPF is included as a route source Specify one or more tag values Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to OSPF ASEs with any tag value RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 15 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 15 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 15 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 15 BGP 4
148. Services Since all traffic over an unnumbered interface uses broadcast addressing at the link layer neither an adjacent host specification or address resolution is required Note The associated address assigned to the unnumbered interface determines whether or not RIP configured to send updates in V1 mode will advertise a subnetwork over the unnumbered interface The associated address also determines which mask is applied to RIP V1 updates received on that interface For unnumbered links using RIP V1 the defined associated addresses at each end of the link must belong to the same network and have the same mask for routes to be exchanged correctly If a subnetwork on the router has the same mask as the associated address RIP V1 will advertise that subnet over the unnumbered interface If the mask on the subnetwork is different from the mask of the associated address RIP V1 advertises only the natural network of the subnet We recommend that you select RIP2 mode for unnumbered interfaces With RIP2 RIP updates contain both the route and mask information Note BGP peers NetBIOS and BOOTP cannot be configured directly on an unnumbered interface For information on using Site Manager to configure a BGP peer to peer session on routers connected through unnumbered interfaces see Configuring BGP Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link on page 5 5 To route NetBIOS packets over an unnumbered interface you must configur
149. Site Manager Parameters Rebroadcast Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Interface Null An IP broadcast address Specifies a broadcast address to use when rebroadcasting NetBIOS packets out this interface By default NetBIOS uses the IP broadcast address configured for this interface Set this parameter if you want to override this broadcast address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 2 1 11 Static Entry Table Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Static Name Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables caching of the NetBIOS name you have selected Set the parameter to Enable to activate caching of the name you selected Set the parameter to Disable to deactivate caching of the name you selected 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 4 1 2 NetBIOS Scope ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Static Name None A NetBIOS scope identifier Identifies the area of the network across which the NetBIOS name is known Enter a name string that meets the requirements of the Domain Name System as described in RFC 833 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 4 1 5 114065 Rev A A 71 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Param
150. You can use Site Manager to disable UDP checksum processing Site Manager Checksum parameter page A 29 You should use the default in virtually all instances Disable UDP checksum processing to provide backward compatibility with UNIX BSD 4 1 Specifying a MAC Address or E 164 Address You can use Site Manager to specify a MAC address or an E 164 address for this interface Site Manager MAC Address parameter page A 29 The IP router uses its IP address and the circuit s MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface A user specified MAC address The IP router uses its IP address and this MAC address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface An E 164 address If the interface is on an SMDS circuit by default IP uses the individual SMDS configured address You can enter the entire E 164 address for example C1 617 555 5000 FFFF To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration refer to Configuring SMDS 114065 Rev A 3 21 Configuring IP Services Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network The IP router can route over Token Ring TR networks that contain one or more source routing bridges In a source routing network every endstation that sends out a frame supplies the frame with the necessary route descriptors so that it can be source routed across the network Thus in order for IP routers to route pac
151. abase for distribution according to the OSPF standard The announce policy affects what other routers learn but only with regard to the local boundary router s self originated information 114065 Rev A 5 35 Configuring IP Services e An OSPF accept policy can be used on a router to control which OSPF non self originated external routing information is stored in the routing table This accept policy controls only what the local router uses it does not affect the propagation of non self originated external information to other routers 5 36 114065 Rev A Chapter 6 Customizing BGP Services This chapter consists of the following sections describing the Bay Networks implementation of the Border Gateway Protocol BGP e BGP Concepts and Terminology page 6 2 Interior BGP in Intra AS Routing page 6 3 IBGP in a Transit AS page 6 3 BGP Path Attributes page 6 5 BGP 4 Local Preference Values page 6 7 BGP Implementation Notes page 6 8 e Configuring BGP on the Router page 6 9 Supplying a BGP Identifier page 6 9 Configuring BGP for Intra AS Routing page 6 10 Setting the Interval Timer page 6 11 Allowing Redundant Connections page 6 11 Enabling Multihop Connections page 6 12 Disabling Dynamic Policy Configuration page 6 12 Configuring BGP as a Soloist page 6 13 e Establishing a Peer to Peer Connection page 6 13 Defining the Peer to Peer Connection page 6 13 Initiating a Pee
152. ability to learn new routes to the same destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 14 RIP Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces RIP I RIP I RIP I RIPI with aggregation Specifies which mode of RIP to run If you specify RIP I RIP generates RIP Version 1 packets only The destination IP address is the directed broadcast address and the destination MAC address is the broadcast address Select RIP I if any of the listening devices are RIP Version 1 only devices If you select RIP II RIP generates RIP Version 2 updates with the destination MAC address set to the multicast address of 224 0 0 9 specified in the RIP Version 2 RFC The destination MAC address on Ethernet and FDDI networks will be the corresponding multicast address On all other media the destination MAC address will be the broadcast address RIP does not aggregate subnet information in the updates If you select RIPII with aggregation RIP generates Version 2 updates but aggregates subnet information in the manner of RIP Version 1 We recommend the use of RIP II mode with or without aggregation rather than RIP I mode especially if unnumbered point to point links or variable length subnets are used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 15 A 98 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter
153. able memory By default NetBIOS allows 253 names in the hash table You can use Site Manager to specify the number of entries you want to allow in the cache lookup tables Site Manager Hash Entry Count parameter page A 68 For networks that actively use up to 2500 NetBIOS server names use the default value 253 To determine a hash entry count for larger networks e Divide the total number of unique NetBIOS server names active in the network by 10 e Adjust the quotient to the nearest higher or lower prime number A prime number can only be divided by itself or by 1 and still yield a whole number quotient e Replace the default value with the new calculated number Increasing the number of hash table entries does not increase the number of names that a router can cache With larger networks increasing the size of the hash tables may however reduce internal cache lookup time thereby improving overall performance 8 10 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP Configuring NetBIOS on an IP Interface NetBIOS software on the router communicates with NetBIOS clients and servers through IP interfaces that have been configured with NetBIOS Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on an Interface When you configure NetBIOS on an interface NetBIOS is automatically enabled You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable NetBIOS on the interface Site Manager Enable Disable parameter page A 69
154. active IP interfaces but also want to prohibit the IP router from forwarding IP traffic You must specify an identical IP address and mask combination for each active IP interface that will provide management access Not Forwarding configures the IP router to act as an IP host it does not forward IP traffic but it still processes packets explicitly addressed to it In Not Forwarding mode only static routes and adjacent host routes are allowed No routing protocols are initiated Because the IP router does not forward IP traffic in Not Forwarding mode you must configure the router to bridge IP traffic not explicitly addressed to it You must configure the bridge for each circuit that conveys IP datagrams The bridge will then forward all IP datagrams that are not explicitly addressed to the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 4 114065 Rev A A 39 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID ARP Forwarding Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Forwarding Forwarding Not Forwarding Specifies how ARP should act in relation to IP s forwarding state Note that Forwarding means IP is in forwarding mode If this parameter is set to Forwarding then ARP packets are either consumed if destined for the router or dropped If this parameter is set to Not Forwarding ARP pack
155. al IP subnet LIS Bay Networks supports RFC 1577 For information on configuring IP interfaces on an ATM LIS see Configuring ATM Services Using Site Manager you can Specify whether the router is running as an ATM client or server on this interface You must configure one ATMARP server for each logical IP subnet you define Define the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part Define the user part suffix of the ATM address for the ATMARP server on your network The user part suffix consists of a 6 byte endstation identifier and a 1 byte selector field Specify for a client the interval between registration refreshes Specify for a server the duration for which the registration is valid Site Manager ATM ARP Mode parameter page A 37 Site Manager ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix parameter page A 37 Site Manager ARP Server ATM Address User Part parameter page A 38 Site Manager Registration Refresh Interval parameter page A 38 3 26 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Configuring Address Resolution The IP router needs both a physical address and an IP address to transmit a datagram In situations where the router knows only the network host s IP address the Address Resolution Protocol ARP enables the router to determine a network host s physical address by binding a 32 bit IP address to a 48
156. al Network International Organization for Standardization International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications formerly CCITT local area network media access control media access unit media dependent interface with crossover nonbroadcast multi access Open Systems Interconnection Open Shortest Path First Protocol Point to Point Protocol Routing Information Protocol switched multimegabit data service Simple Network Management Protocol shielded twisted pair Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Telecommunication Network Trivial File Transfer Protocol twisted pair Ethernet unshielded twisted pair wide area network 114065 Rev A xxi Configuring IP Services Ordering Bay Networks Publications To purchase additional copies of this document or other Bay Networks publications order by part number from the Bay Networks Press at the following telephone or fax numbers e Telephone 1 800 845 9523 e Fax United States Canada 1 800 582 8000 e Fax International 1 916 939 1010 You can also use these numbers to request a free catalog of Bay Networks Press product publications xxii 114065 Rev A Technical Support and Online Services To ensure comprehensive network support to our customers and partners worldwide Bay Networks Customer Service has Technical Response Centers in key locations around the globe e Billerica Massachusetts e Santa Clara California e Sydney Australia
157. alid only if the Action parameter is set to Propagate EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 24 B 42 114065 Rev A Routing Policies BGP 3 Specific Announce Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID External Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF external routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 9 Outbound Peer AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies a list of autonomous system numbers If an AS number is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to BGP peers in that AS Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to B
158. anager Preference parameter page A 50 Site Manager Unnumbered CCT Name parameter page A 50 114065 Rev A 3 45 Configuring IP Services Defining a Black Hole for a Supernet A router that advertises an aggregate route by using a supernet address to represent multiple explicit routes must be able to discard packets that match the supernet address but that do not match any of the explicit routes For example consider a router that advertises an aggregate route using the supernet address 192 32 0 0 255 255 248 The supernet address represents eight specific networks 192 32 0 0 through 192 32 7 0 Once the aggregate route has been propagated the router receives network traffic for each of these specific destinations At some point the router loses connectivity to network 192 32 3 0 one of the networks in the supernet The router continues to forward traffic that matches destinations 0 0 through 2 0 and 4 0 through 7 0 However the router can no longer find a complete match in the routing table for the disconnected network 3 0 The router must drop all traffic destined for 192 32 3 0 To force the router to drop the packet for an unmatched destination you configure a special type of static route for a supernet called a black hole e Enter the supernet address mask pair as the destination IP address and address mask e To create the black hole enter the black hole encoding 255 255 255 255 as the next hop address and
159. ange of addresses this filter acts upon For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If the Import Address field is set to 0 0 0 0 and this parameter is set to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If the Import Address field is set to 0 0 0 0 and this parameter is set to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 4 RIP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Identifies by IP address the router that is sending the updates This filter will apply to updates from that router If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to updates from any router Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 7 C 2 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Inst
160. arameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this range for the specified area This parameter is useful if you want to disable the range rather than delete it Set this parameter to Disable if you want to disable this range Set the parameter to Enable if you previously disabled this range and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 2 Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges None Any address mask This parameter allows you to change the mask portion of this area range Mask together with Range Net indicates all of the networks that belong to this range Mask is not restricted to the natural address class mask for the address supplied at Range Net Enter the appropriate address mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 6 Status Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas gt Ranges Advertise Advertise Do Not Advertise Specifies whether the border router advertises a summary route to other areas Select Do Not Advertise if you want to hide the existence of certain networks from other areas By default the border router advertises a single route for the range of routes you specify 1 3 6 14 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 4 1 7 114065 Rev A
161. assigned local portion contains 16 bits The network administrator allocates the 16 bits in the local portion field as follows e Allocates the upper 8 bits 00001010 with a value of 10 to the subnet portion e Allocates the lower 8 bits 10100111 with a value of 167 to the host portion In other words the 16 bit local portion field together with the 16 bit network field specify host 167 on Subnet 10 of network 128 32 You now need a subnet mask to identify those bits in the 32 bit IP address that specify the network field and those bits that specify the subnet field Like the IP address you specify the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation You construct a subnet mask as follows e Assign a value of 1 to each of the 8 16 or 24 bits in the network field 1 4 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the subnet field Assign a value of 0 to each bit in the host field Convert the resulting 32 bit string to dotted decimal notation For example to construct a subnet mask for the IP address described earlier 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 do the following 1 Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the network field The position of the first bit set to O in the first octet of the IP address indicates that the network is Class B therefore the network field contains 16 bits 11111111 11111111 Assign a value of 1 to each bit in the subnet field The network ad
162. ath Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Apply Subnet Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Null or IP address mask Specifies a mask that will override the interface s subnet mask in the presence of networks with variable length subnet masks Supply a mask set the Action parameter to Accept and use the default Network parameter an empty list If you specify a mask of 0 0 0 0 the router determines which mask to apply For example if the network in the update is a subnet of the same network as the receiving interface the router applies the mask of the receiving interface If the network in the update is a subnet of a different natural network the router applies the natural mask of that network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 9 RIP Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 3 114065 Rev A C 5 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path De
163. ault ID 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This parameter replaces the received routes with the default route and places the default route in the routing table This parameter associates the default route with the attributes of the best route that matches the policy If you are constructing a BGP 3 or BGP 4 accept policy keep in mind that this parameter does not perform route aggregation as defined in RFC 1654 To aggregate routes in a transit AS you must construct an announce policy and use the announce Advertise parameter MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 9 114065 Rev A B 11 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers each ranging from 1 to 65536 Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in those ASs Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 10 Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifie
164. beginning of an AS SET segment Denotes end of an AS SET segment lt seq gt set denotes an AS path containing a sequence in the first segment and a set in the second segment Denotes the following pattern occurs at the beginning of the AS path Denotes the preceding pattern occurs at the end of the AS path Logical OR match this or that Match exactly AS x Match AS pattern beginning with X for example _99 matches 99 991 9934 Match AS pattern ending with X for example 99_ matches 99 199 23299 114065 Rev A 6 23 Configuring IP Services You can use simplified regular expressions to configure BGP 4 accept and announce policies for AS pattern matching To configure a BGP 4 accept policy with Site Manager 1 2 3 Select Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters BGP 4 gt Accept Policy Click on the AS Pattern parameter Use the simplified regular expressions to specify the pattern matching filter To configure a BGP 4 announce policy with Site Manager 1 2 3 Select Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters BGP 4 gt Announce Policy Click on the AS Pattern parameter Use the simplified regular expressions to specify the pattern matching filter Best Route Calculation for Equal Routes BGP uses the following rules tie breakers to choose between two equal BGP routes 1 Choose the route with the lower route weight 2 Choose t
165. ber of networks and hosts overriding the default Site Manager Estimated Networks parameter page A 43 Site Manager Estimated Hosts parameter page A 43 Avoid making an estimate that is excessively large This will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory 114065 Rev A 3 9 Configuring IP Services Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet By default IP drops packets addressed to an unknown subnet and returns an ICMP to the sender This prevents local traffic from accidentally following the default route to the Internet In cases where remote sites follow a default route to a central site it is appropriate to enable this parameter If the router serves as an Internet gateway with a default route to the Internet the parameter can be disabled You can use Site Manager to configure IP to use a default route for packets addressed to an unknown subnet Site Manager Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter page A 44 The default route must be present in the routing table Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies By default IP allows you configure up to 32 announce policies and 32 accept policies for each protocol that you configure on the router This value must be increased for IP to allocate memory and implement additional policies You can use Site Manager to configure more than 32 Accept or Announce policy rules for a protocol Site Manager Maximum Policy Rules parameter page
166. border router to determine the next hop to use for external networks No BGP information is carried by the IGP Each router uses IBGP exclusively to determine reachability to external networks When an IBGP update for a network is received it can be passed on to IP for inclusion in the forwarding tables only if a viable IGP route to the correct border gateway is available IBGP in a Transit AS An AS with more than one BGP speaker can use IBGP to provide a transit service for networks outside the AS An AS that provides such a service for BGP speakers is known as a transit AS see Figure 6 2 114065 Rev A 6 3 Configuring IP Services IP0021A Figure 6 2 Transit Autonomous System In Figure 6 2 Autonomous System 20 is the transit AS It is providing information about its internal networks as well as transit networks to the remaining ASs The IBGP connections between BGP routers A B and C are necessary to provide consistent information to the ASs 6 4 114065 Rev A BGP Path Attributes Customizing BGP Services A BGP 3 Update message includes a variable length sequence of path attributes Each attribute entry consists of an attribute value and a field describing the attribute Table 6 1 lists the mandatory and optional BGP 3 path attribute
167. can use Site Manager to override the default Site Manager Transmit Bcast Addr parameter page A 23 An associated IP address If you are configuring an unnumbered IP interface use Site Manager to supply an associated IP address For information about unnumbered interfaces see Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface on page 2 16 Site Manager UnNumbered Assoc Address parameter page A 23 114065 Rev A 2 3 Configuring IP Services 3 Click on OK Deleting IP from an Interface To delete IP from an interface on which it is currently configured begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 2 3 Click on the connector from which you want to delete IP services Click on Edit Circuit Select Protocols gt Add or Delete The Select Protocols window opens The IP button is highlighted to show that IP is enabled on the circuit Click on IP to delete it Click on OK to exit the window Select File gt Exit to exit the Circuit Definition window and return to the Configuration Manager window Customizing IP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start IP using all default values and settings For information on modifying IP settings see Chapter 3 2 4 114065 Rev A Starting RIP Starting IP Services Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached
168. ccccceee PES EAE ET ETTE EEEE PE EPEE A 94 Appendix B Routing Policies RilP Specitic Accept Policy ParamelgiS oz sisi ccs ssises cas tasks shadaaseuasactiasenasactaciansticadonasciadens B 7 OSPF Specite Accept Policy Parameters ccc ccc ast apciedcnt nin des ndei B 8 EGPsapeciic Accent Policy Parameters ccs is eadinkancuaicienbaianses B 9 BGP 3 Specific Accept Policy Parameters E E SE B 11 BGP 4 Specitic Accept Policy ParamelerS scccscciiscsieesdecoerssanciicnineseniensrtduesiacsizecters B 15 IP ANNOUNCE Policy PArIMETeTE soudisinkiiannan iaaa danaa iiaii B 20 RIP Speciic Announce Policy Parameters serisinin B 38 OSPF Specific Announce Policy Parameters isiciiirmicirsriisiininiiieiniienuids B 39 EGP Specific Announce Policy Parameters cccsccesceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeueeeenees B 41 BGOP 3 Specihic Announce Policy Parameters nousseen B 43 BGP 4 Specific Announce Policy Parameters cccccescceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaeeesenees B 47 114065 Rev A xiii Appendix C Import and Export Route Filters E N EA AE EE A PEE TT E A TE EEEE E C 1 F WO Sass cane tae erat sonst acieacih E a inca als danas Aaa C 1 PUP ae UE oon C 5 OOPER PRI FIE aranana an A E detec esas C 8 GOSPE IMPON FINETE are epee me eC RN ee eP RN CTE Tn en Teer AAA C 8 CFS PF EDO FES see a E Ea C 9 EE E ET E AE A A E EO ETE O A aidan hymns T C 13 Biro k pot FIROS ccageiseccecssacaea tenes beseech C 13 BOP JEXPO FINES runsain Teer rre
169. ccept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Each entry consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Specifies the networks to which this policy applies Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Use the default empty list to match any route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 5 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 5 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 5 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 5 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 5 114065 Rev A B 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies RIP OSPF EGP Accept BGP 3 BGP 4 Ignore Accept Ignore Specifie
170. ce IGP Origin 0 4096 AS Weighted Path Length lt 4095 AS Weighted Path Length 4095 or 0x2000 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preference IGP Origin O 0x1000 AS Weighted Path Length lt OxOfff AS Weighted Path Length OxOfff 114065 Rev A D 3 Configuring IP Services IBGP imported Calculate a decimal or hexadecimal value using one of the following formulas 8192 16 BGP4 Import BGP3 Preference Local Pref lt 8191 8191 Local Pref 0 or 0x2000 16 BGP4 Import BGP4 Preference Local Pref lt Ox1fff Ox1fff Local Pref 0 RIP imported Metric EGP imported Distance Static SR cost 8 Add up the values you have calculated The total is the route weight 114065 Rev A Appendix E IP OSPF Configuration The IP OSPF configuration in Figure E 1 shows an AS divided into different types of OSPF areas using several types of OSPF routers and interfaces as well as variable length subnetting This appendix describes parameter settings for Router 1 through Router 6 Routers W through Z and A through D are included on the network map for completion In the configuration in Figure E 1 e The OSPF Area Authentication parameter is set to none for all areas e All Timer parameter values are left at their defaults Hello Dead and Poll Interval e No virtual links are configured e Route summarization is not used e The Frame
171. ces Specifying Metric Cost For OSPF the best path is the one that offers the least cost metric By default each OSPF interface has a cost of 1 You can use Site Manager to specify a metric cost for the interface Site Manager Metric Cost parameter page A 82 You must configure cost metrics if you want to specify a preferred path Allow the preferred path to retain the cost metric value of 1 then assign higher cost metric values to the less preferred paths Figure 5 3 shows the benefit of using configurable cost metrics Assigning the 56 Kb line a cost metric value of 10 forces OSPF to choose the faster T1 line path as the best path despite the extra hop when transmitting a packet from Host A to Host B Ti Ti 1 544Mb 1 544Mb Assigned Cost Assigned Cost Metric 1 Metric 1 Router 1 Router 3 56 Kb Assigned Cost Metric 10 IP0018A Figure 5 3 Configurable Cost Metrics Usage Example 5 23 Configuring IP Services There is an optimum cost for each type of network We suggest the following values for this parameter Network Type Bit Rate Suggested Metric Cost gt 100 Mb s 1 default Ethernet 802 3 10 E1 48 T1 65 64 Kb s 1562 56 Kb s 1785 19 2 Kb s 5208 9 6 Kb s 10416 Specifying the MTU Size OSPF recognizes a maximum transmission unit MTU size for updates transm
172. change the router s timer values to match them 114065 Rev A 5 7 Configuring IP Services e Ifyou change the topology for example if you add an area combine two areas move routers and so on you must reconfigure the appropriate OSPF elements OSPF area ranges interfaces neighbors virtual links and so on 5 8 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Configuring OSPF Global Features OSPF global features affect the way OSPF runs on the router They apply to all OSPF interfaces Enabling and Disabling OSPF on the Router When you start OSPF on the router OSPF is automatically enabled You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable OSPF on the router Site Manager Enable parameter page A 73 Supplying an OSPF ID Each router configured with OSPF has an OSPF ID This IP address uniquely identifies this router in the OSPF domain By default OSPF uses the IP address of the first OSPF circuit configured on this router By convention and to ensure uniqueness the router ID should be one of the router s IP interface addresses You can use Site Manager to supply an OSPF ID overriding the default Site Manager Router ID parameter page A 73 The router ID determines the designated router on a broadcast link if the priority values of the routers being considered are equal The higher the router ID the greater its priority If both OSPF and BGP are running on the router the OSP
173. closure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Trademarks of Bay Networks Inc ACE AFN AN BCN BLN BN BNX CN FN FRE GAME LN Optivity PPX SynOptics SynOptics Communications Wellfleet and the Wellfleet logo are registered trademarks and ANH ASN BayeSIS BCNX BLNX EZ Install EZ Internetwork EZ LAN PathMan PhonePlus Quick2Config RouterMan SPEX Bay Networks Bay Networks Press the Bay Networks logo and the SynOptics logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc Third Party Trademarks All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product are Copyright 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that
174. ct ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID ARP Server ATM Address User Part Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces None XX00000000000000 to FEFFFFFFFFFFFF Defines the user part suffix of the ATM address for the ATM ARP server on your network The user part suffix consists of a 6 byte endstation identifier and a 1 byte selector field Enter the user part suffix of the ATM ARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part Use the ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix parameter to supply the network part of the ATM address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 113 Registration Refresh Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 900 seconds for a client 1200 seconds for a server Any interval in seconds For a client this parameter specifies the interval between registration refreshes For a server this parameter specifies the duration for which the registration is valid Determine whether ATMARP is running as a client or as a server on this interface and enter an appropriate value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 115 TR Endstation ARP Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces STE STE ARE Specifies the ARP type for an interface configured for Token Ring support For spanning tr
175. ctions is five seconds You can use Site Manager to specify the minimum number of seconds between injections Site Manager BGP Interval Timer parameter page A 3 Allowing Redundant Connections By default BGP can maintain only one TCP session with a remote BGP peer If the remote peer attempts to establish another session on another physical connection BGP rejects the session BGP uses a collision detection method based on router ID to check for redundant sessions You can use Site Manager to allow TCP sessions on multiple physical connections that is to disable redundancy checking The advantage of a peer to peer configuration with multiple sessions on multiple physical connections is redundancy if one connection fails the peers can communicate over another link The disadvantage is that such a configuration results in multiple copies of each route Site Manager BGP Collision Detect parameter page A 4 114065 Rev A 6 11 Configuring IP Services Enabling Multihop Connections By default BGP enforces the one hop rule for BGP peers the remote peer must be located on a directly attached network You can use Site Manager to override the restriction and allow multihop connections Caution Enabling multihop BGP connections is dangerous because it can cause BGP speakers to establish a BGP connection that traverses a third party AS which may violate policy considerations and may al
176. dcast multiaccess neighbor for this interface Enter the appropriate IP address of the nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 4 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors Enable Enable Disable Allows you to enable and disable this neighbor configuration for this interface This parameter is useful if you want to temporarily disable a neighbor configuration rather than delete it Set to Disable if you want to disable this neighbor configuration Or set to Enable if you previously disabled this neighbor configuration and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 2 A 84 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors 1 0 to 255 Indicates the priority of this neighbor with 255 indicating the highest priority The neighbor priority value is used in multiaccess networks for the election of the designated router If this parameter is set to 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network Either accept the default neighbor priority value or enter some other value between 0 and 255 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 9 OSPF Area Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function I
177. destinations on other networks you must enable Proxy ARP and use Site Manager to set the Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter to Accept Site Manager Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter page A 41 Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache IP maintains an address resolution cache on each interface that is configured with ARP or Proxy Arp The address resolution cache contains host physical addresses learned by means of ARP or Proxy ARP If you enable the cache timeout feature on this interface the IP router removes address resolution cache entries that have not been accessed within the specified number of seconds Once an entry is removed the IP router must use ARP to re acquire the physical level address By default the cache timeout feature is disabled on the interface You can use Site Manager to enable the feature and to specify a timeout interval in seconds 3 32 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Site Manager Host Cache parameter page A 28 A host entry is timed out deleted if the IP router sends no traffic destined for that host within the specified timeout period Defining an Adjacent Host An adjacent host is a device on a locally attached network This device may or may not be a router You must configure a media access control MAC address for each adjacent host that does not implement the Address Resolution Protocol ARP Also if a local network does implement A
178. dress as follows Network Size Class Network Portion Host Portion More than 65 534 hosts A 8 bits 24 bits 254 to 65 533 hosts B 16 bits 16 bits Fewer than 254 hosts C 24 bits 8 bits The position of the first bit set to O whether it is the first second third or fourth bit in the first octet of an IP address indicates the network Class A B C or D If no bit is set to 0 it is a Class E network Figure 1 1 shows the placement of the first bit set to 0 for Class A B and C networks The figure also shows how a network s class affects the network and host portions of the IP address 1 2 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features 8 16 24 31 cassa O o d d 8 16 24 31 ot i _ 8 16 24 31 CO First Octet Range Example Network Host Class B fol 128 191 140 250 0 1 140 250 1 Class C fifo 192 223 192 2 3 1 192 2 3 1 IP0005A Figure 1 1 Network and Host Portions of IP Addresses You specify IP addresses in dotted decimal notation To express an IP address in dotted decimal notation you convert each 8 bit octet of the IP address to a decimal number and separate the numbers by decimal points For example you specify the 32 bit IP address 10000000 00100000 00001010 10100111 in dotted decimal notation as 128 32 10 167 The most significant 2 bits 10 in the first octet indicate that the network is Class B therefore the first 16 bits compose the NIC assigned network portion field
179. e a static entry to the Name Server To run BOOTP over unnumbered interfaces you must select a preferred BOOTP server For instructions see Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services Note Unnumbered interfaces cannot be pinged directly For this reason such interfaces can add to the difficulty of diagnosing router problems As it does with routes learned over numbered interfaces IP stores each route learned over an unnumbered interface in the routing table 114065 Rev A 2 17 Configuring IP Services The routing table entry for a route learned over an unnumbered interface contains the following values Next hop address 0 Next hop mask equals 0 Next hop interface Circuit number of the unnumbered interface Using the Alternate Associated Address Option The alternate associated address option ensures that a network on an unnumbered interface remains reachable IP automatically assigns an alternate associated address to an unnumbered interface in the event that the primary associated address has gone down IP uses the first available interface Note In the event that an unnumbered associated address becomes unreachable some functionality may be lost for certain protocols over the unnumbered interface Note In some configurations changing the associated address can affect the way routes are advertised In a RIP configuration for example if you change the assoc
180. e A 96 114065 Rev A 4 7 Configuring IP Services Configuring RIP for Equal Cost Multipath Support By default the IP routing table contains a single best RIP route to a given destination If RIP submits another route to the same destination IP compares the new route with the current route If the new route is better IP replaces the current route with the existing new route If not IP discards the new route If you have enabled equal cost multipath support on the router IP can store multiple equal cost best routes in the routing table When RIP submits a route to a destination one of the following events occurs e IP determines that the current route to that destination is better than the new route IP discards the new route e IP determines that the new route is better than the current route IP discards the current route and replaces it with the new route In the event that the routing table contains multiple equal cost best routes IP discards all of these routes e IP determines the new route and the current route have the same cost IP adds the new route to the routing table up to a maximum number that you specify If the routing table already contains the maximum number of equal cost routes learned from RIP IP discards the routes You can use Site Manager to specify the number of equal cost routes up to five that IP can store in the routing table Site Manager RIP Maximum Equal Cost Paths paramet
181. e IP router still must understand network width You must set this parameter so that none of the interface cost static cost or route filter cost parameters exceed the RIP diameter We recommend that you accept the default RIP diameter value of 15 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 6 Zero Subnet Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether an interface address whose subnet portion is all zeros or all ones should be declared legal or not If you set this parameter to Enable then you can configure IP interfaces with a subnet ID of zero Setting this parameter to Disable prevents you from doing so Accept the default Disable if you do not have any interfaces that have a zero subnet ID Otherwise reset this parameter to Enable The use of all zero subnet addresses is discouraged for the following reason if an all zero subnet address and an all zero broadcast address are both valid the router cannot distinguish an all subnets broadcast from a directed broadcast for the zero subnet 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 10 A 42 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Estimated Networks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 0 0 to 2147483647 Allows the IP software to preallocate syste
182. e able to deliver the message to the NetBIOS entity on the router rather than simply forward it out another interface toward its destination To enable the router to recognize a unicast IP packet that contains a Name Query Response and pass it to NetBIOS through UDP port 137 you must configure a traffic filter on each NetBIOS interface that receives unicast Name Query Responses 1 Beginning at the Configuration Manager window select Circuits gt Edit The Circuit List window opens 2 Click on Edit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Select Protocols gt Edit IP gt Traffic Filters The IP Filters window opens 4 Click on Template The Filter Template Management window opens 5 Click on Create The Create IP Template window opens 6 Select Criteria gt Add gt UDP Frame gt Destination Port The Edit Range screen opens 7 Enter 137 for the minimum value and the maximum value 8 Click on OK The Create IP Template window opens 9 Select Action gt Add gt Forward to Next Hop The Next Hop window opens 10 Enter the IP address of this interface the interface on which you are configuring the traffic filter Click on OK 8 14 114065 Rev A Appendix A Site Manager Parameters BGP Parameters BGP Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Identifier Sel
183. e circuitless interface in the same way as any other IP interface In addition the circuitless IP interface can receive packets from any application When you configure a circuitless IP interface note the following e You can configure one circuitless IP interface per router Additional circuitless IP interfaces will not initialize e You can add IP routing protocols to the circuitless interface The current version of Site Manager allows you to add BGP and OSPF to a circuitless interface e You must assign a unique IP address and subnetwork number to the circuitless IP interface e You cannot configure a circuitless IP interface in nonforwarding mode Starting IP on the Circuitless Interface To configure a circuitless IP interface begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1 Select Protocols gt IP gt Circuitless IP gt Create to display the IP Configuration window 2 Edit the parameters on the IP Configuration window 3 Click on OK to save the circuitless IP interface A special Select Protocols window opens listing the protocols you can configure on a circuitless interface 4 Select a protocol and click on OK 114065 Rev A 2 15 Configuring IP Services Adding OSPF and BGP to the Circuitless Interface Once you have created a circuitless IP interface on the router you can add OSPF and BGP to the interface Begin at the Configuration Manager window and proceed as follows 1
184. e is configured to support multiple IP security levels then set to 1024 This value should be coordinated with the X 25 service record value Trans Recv Throughput Class Parameter is ignored Max Throughput Class Parameter is ignored Throughput Class Negotiation Off Network User Identification Off Incoming Calls Accept On Outgoing Calls Accept On Fast Select Accept Off Reverse Charge Accept Off Fast Select Off Reverse Charging Off CUG Selection Null CUG Outgoing Access Null CUG Bilateral Selection Null RPOA Selection Off Charging Information Off Transit Delay Off Full Addressing On Acceptance Format Defext Release Format Defext CCITT now ITU T DXE1980 Conformance Network Standard DOD 3 52 114065 Rev A Table 3 4 Customizing IP Services BFE X 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings X 25 Parameter BFE Required Setting Enable Enable Type DDN Connection ID Parameter is ignored Remote IP Address Specify the IP address of the remote system Remote X 121 Address Parameter is ignored Broadcast Parameter is ignored Max Connections Any valid setting Precedence Any valid setting The BFE will accept but not act on the DDN Precedence facility Max Idle Any valid setting Call Retry Any valid setting Flow Facility Set to On if you want to use a val
185. e static route you want it to override Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 11 BGP 3 Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 1 1 to 2147483647 Assigns a weighted precedence value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple BGP 3 routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes assigned the highest preference value Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 12 114065 Rev A Import and Export Route Filters BGP 3 Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is left blank the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 3 Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Rou
186. e that supports Site Manager s SNMP connection to the router restarting IP on that interface will cause Site Manager to temporarily lose its router connection and to display a warning message To verify that the change took effect display the IP Global Parameters window and inspect the setting If you are configuring IP over an SMDS circuit be sure to enter the correct addresses in the MAC Address SMDS Group Address and SMDS Arp Req Address parameter boxes displayed on this screen These addresses are the same as those you entered in the Individual Address Group Address and ARP Address parameters of the SMDS Configuration window when you configured SMDS 3 14 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Configuring a Multinet Interface The multinet capability allows you to assign multiple IP network subnet addresses to a single circuit each IP address represents a separate network interface on the circuit Multinet is commonly used in IP networks as part of a transition strategy As networks evolve it is sometimes necessary to consolidate several physical networks To avoid renumbering the physical networks can be consolidated onto a multinetted router interface This allows hosts to migrate to the new IP interface or maintain the old IP address In Figure 3 2 for example Host A and Host C are located on different subnets The router will provide connectivity between Hosts A and C by acting as the default gateway and routin
187. ea is configured to use authentication all OSPF interfaces configured in that area must be configured with a password The password must be identical on each interface connected to the same network Different networks can have different passwords In such an area a router that receives a packet verifies the password before doing anything else with the packet Unauthorized routers are not allowed to communicate with the OSPF system By default authentication is disabled on each interface You can use Site Manager to enable authentication on the interface If you have enabled authentication on the interface you can use Site Manager to specify a password Site Manager Authentication Type parameter page A 86 Site Manager Password parameter page A 83 Configuring an Area Border Router Each area is connected to the backbone by one or more border routers In Figure 5 1 for example R3 is a border router connecting Area 0 0 0 1 to the backbone A border router can have connections to multiple areas In Figure 5 6 for example Border router 2 has an interface to a network in Area B and an interface to a network in Area C 5 30 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Backbone Network Border E m E Border E r E A Router 1 Router 2 end Router
188. ecific application or to broadcast datagrams to a group and receive datagrams from the group Datagrams allow applications to communicate without establishing a session When a NetBIOS application wants to send information that does not require acknowledgment from the destination application the application can transmit a NetBIOS datagram NetBIOS in an IP Environment The NetBIOS name service and datagram service rely on the capability of the underlying network to broadcast Name Query Requests to all NetBIOS applications In a NetBIOS over IP environment it is the responsibility of the IP router to ensure that the broadcast queries reach all appropriate network segments To do this the router 1 Analyzes each NetBIOS packet received on any NetBIOS interface to determine whether the packet is a broadcast packet 2 Rebroadcasts each broadcast packet out all appropriate interfaces except the one on which it was received readdressing the packet if required 114065 Rev A 8 3 Configuring IP Services If alternate paths exist between different network segments broadcasting loops can occur To prevent such loops the router 1 Stamps the data portion of the IP packet with the IP address of the router from which the packet was rebroadcast 2 Parses the IP addresses included in the data portion of the IP packet to determine if the packet has already been rebroadcast by that router In Figure 8 2 for example Client C on the network con
189. ecifies the IP address of one or more EGP gateways This policy applies to EGP advertisements that use these gateways as the next hop Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements with any gateway address EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 12 B 10 114065 Rev A Routing Policies BGP 3 Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Injection List Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Default An empty list Options A list of network identifiers Function Specifies network IDs to be included in the routing table in place of the network IDs listed in the received advertisement Instructions Specify a non null value only if the Action parameter is set to Accept The values you enter in the injection list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are injected into the routing table instead of the actual received IDs If you use the default an empty list the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table along with the other IDs in the injection list This allows insertion of an aggregate or default along with the actual networks In the current release the only valid network ID that you can include in an injection list is the def
190. ecifying a preferred path 5 23 summary route 5 34 virtual link 5 32 OSPF parameters area Authentication Type A 86 Enable A 85 Import AS Extern A 86 Import Summaries A 87 Stub Metric A 87 Index 4 114065 Rev A area range Enable A 89 Mask A 89 Metric A 90 Range Mask A 88 Range Net A 88 Status A 89 export route filters Action C 11 Auto Tag C 12 Enable C 11 Export Address C 9 Export From Protocol C 10 Export Mask C 10 Tag C 12 Type C 11 global AS Boundary Router A 73 ASE Metric Support A 75 Backup Disable A 75 Backup Log Mask 5 14 A 76 Enable A 73 Hold Down Timer A 74 OSPF Slot A 75 Primary Log Mask A 76 Router ID A 73 import route filters Import Address C 8 Preference C 9 interface Area ID A 78 Dead Interval A 81 Enable A 78 Hello Interval A 81 Metric Cost A 82 MTU Size A 83 Password A 83 Poll Interval A 82 Retransmit Interval A 80 Rtr Priority A 79 Transit Delay A 80 Type A 79 neighbor Enable A 84 Index Neighbor Address A 84 Priority A 85 virtual interface Dead Interval A 93 Enable A 91 Hello Interval A 92 Neighbors Router ID A 90 Password A 93 Retransmit Interval A 92 Transit Delay A 91 P parameters IP IP Address A 22 Subnet Mask A 22 Transmit Bcast Addr A 23 PDN X 25 address resolution 3 29 point to multipoint network 5 16 point to point network 5 15 poisoned reverse RIP updates 4 3 policies definition of 1 13
191. ect BGP on the Select protocols window None An IP address of an IP interface on this router Identifies the BGP router There is no default for this parameter You must use an IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces Either accept the current BGP identifier or enter a new IP address The BGP identifier must be one of the router s IP interfaces If both BGP and OSPF are running on the router then the OSPF router ID must be equivalent to one of the configured IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 4 Local AS Select BGP on the Select protocols window None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which this BGP router belongs Enter a value from 1 to 65535 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 5 114065 Rev A A 1 Configuring IP Services BGP Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID BGP Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled BGP and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 2 BGP Identifier Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP g
192. ect a route when its routing tables contain multiple routes to the same destination Enter a value from 1 to 16 for this static route To configure a black hole static route enter the maximum preference value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 8 Unnumbered CCT Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes None A valid circuit name Specifies the local router circuit associated with the static route over an unnumbered interface An entry for a route using an unnumbered interface must include the circuit associated with the interface Use this parameter to specify that circuit name 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 11 A 50 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters Adjacent Host Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts Enable Enable Disable Specifies the state active or inactive of the adjacent host in the IP routing tables Select Disable to make the adjacent host record inactive in the IP routing table the IP router will not consider this adjacent host Select Enable to make the adjacent host record active again in the IP routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 2 IP Adjacent Host Address Configuration
193. ee explorer STE ARP packets use the default For all route explorer ARE packets select ARE Set the TR Endstation parameter to ON 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 127 A 38 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters IP Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global This parameter defaults to Enable when you add IP support to a circuit Enable Disable Specifies the state of the IP router software Select Enable if you have previously disabled the IP router software and now wish to re enable it Select Disable to disable the IP router software In dynamic mode when you set this parameter to Disable you immediately prohibit all Site Manager communication with the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 2 Forwarding Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Forwarding Forwarding Not Forwarding Specifies whether the IP router forwards IP traffic that is not explicitly addressed to it Select Forwarding if you want the IP router to route forward IP traffic Forwarding configures the IP router to process all broadcast packets and all IP packets explicitly addressed to it and to route all other IP packets Select Not Forwarding if you want to provide IP management access by means of TFTP and SNMP to all
194. eevaancne 6 16 Negotiating the BOP SFSU aa uscsah ceed sales tas Ales neal aniani iani aaae iii 6 17 Keeping mhe Connection AIVE sacccactitsatecca cen cuslidadspactolcerinaslceealio eiia 6 17 Specifying an Update Interval for the Connection cceccesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeesstteeeeeeees 6 18 Specifying a Holddown Time eeeee E E E E A E 6 19 Seting a Minimum AS Origination MIErvAl scissione 6 19 Gusiriciing he Local AS NIE coasts castors an kaiini aa ia danii iakiaida 6 20 Spediing a Maximum Update SIZE sssrinin eE 6 20 Seting he Roms Echo SWE eriniki ENA EN DG 6 20 Designing a Route Selection Strategy riariirmosinnnnni aasa a a 6 21 Assigning AS Weight and Class VANES nsnsi 6 21 Gonigunng Roumo FOES arorik EN 6 22 Configuring a BGP 4 AS Pattern Matching Policy ccceceeseeeeeteeeeeteeeees 6 23 Best Route Calculation for Equal ROUTES sc cescsciiccdsysiicdsctenniiaeeeccieey ooeieeta iia 6 24 Oho Sl eel e IME aO ape meaty em mcr ren tr eer ier fee rte a errerr ry reper narra 6 25 Configuring BGP Message Logging A E E cemented 6 25 Chapter 7 Customizing EGP Services EGP Concenis and TOmMINolOgy erosius eee 7 1 EGP Implementaton NEE ciirsa sherini aai 7 5 CGonigunng EGP mihe ROET o cncscco nace aaa a A 7 6 Enabling and Disabling EGP sissiiisiiisiivasai enenu sss Sata EEE E E A PE 7 6 Supping a Local AS NuUmMDET ararsisira inaen nnna 7 6 So E eE e EE A E E E EEE N 7 6 Specifying the Neighbor s Adie SS cise ses
195. eighted precedence value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this OSPF derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 15 the greater the number the higher the preference Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 12 1 6 114065 Rev A C 23 Configuring IP Services EGP Export Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 3 Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt
196. eld to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 4 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs This filter will apply to updates from this router The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 7 Import Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection This filter will apply to updates from this router The value 0 means any peer Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 8 Import Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Fi
197. en Ring network and the destination device is an endstation from another vendor Table 3 1 Source Route Bridge Support for Host Only Mode Bridge Configuration Result Bay gt Etht gt Bay OK Bay gt Tokent gt Bay OK Bay gt FDDI gt Bay OK Bay gt PTPtt gt Bay OK Bay gt FRtt gt Bay OK Bay gt SMDS gt Bay OK Bay gt PPPttt gt Bay Fails Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt ESt Fails Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Token gt ES Fails Bay gt PTP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Fails Bay gt FR gt Bay gt Token gt ES Fails Bay gt SDMS gt Bay gt Token gt ES Fails Bay gt PPP gt Bay gt Token gt ES Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt Bay OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt PTP gt Bay Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt FR gt Bay Fails continued 114065 Rev A 3 5 Configuring IP Services Table 3 1 Source Route Bridge Support for Host Only Mode continued Bridge Configuration Result ES gt Token gt Bay gt SDMS gt Bay Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt PPP gt Bay Fails ES gt Token gt Bay gt Eth gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK ES gt Token gt Bay gt FDDI gt Bay gt Token gt ES OK
198. ent that the primary associated address has gone down IP uses the first available interface Use the alternate unnumbered address option to ensure that the unnumbered interface has a usable associated address on the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 111 A 36 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters ATM ARP Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Client Client Server Specifies whether the router is running as an ATM client or server on this interface You must configure one ATMARP server for each logical IP subnet you define 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 112 ARP Server ATM Address Network Prefix Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces None XX000000000000000000000000 to XXFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF where XX 39 45 or 47 Defines the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network Enter the ATM address network prefix of the ATMARP server on your network A complete ATM address consists of a network prefix and a user part Use the ARP Server ATM Address User Part parameter to supply the user part of the ATM address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 113 114065 Rev A A 37 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Obje
199. eply MTU option option 11 in RFC 1063 is enabled on this interface When the option is enabled this interface responds to Probe MTUs option 12 in RFC 1063 A Probe MTU requests the minimum MTU maximum transmission unit of all networks an IP datagram must traverse from source to destination By enabling this interface to respond to Probe MTUs you eliminate transit fragmentation and destination reassembly for datagrams destined for this interface and therefore decrease network load Select On to enable the Reply MTU option on this interface select Off to disable the option on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 10 Addr Mask Reply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether this interface generates ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol address mask reply messages in response to valid address mask request messages The interface generates ICMP address mask reply messages in compliance with the relevant sections of RFCs 950 and 1009 Select On to enable ICMP address mask reply message generation on this interface Select Off to disable ICMP address mask reply message generation on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 11 A 26 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters All Subnet Beast Co
200. ept The Proxy parameter must be set to Enable for the router to generate ARP replies 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 5 Default TTL Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 30 1 to 255 hops Specifies the starting value of the Time to Live TTL counter for each packet the router originates and transmits called a source packet When the router transmits a source packet the TTL counter starts to decrement Each router or hop that the packet traverses decrements the TTL counter by one When the counter reaches zero the router discards the packet unless it is destined for a locally attached network The TTL counter prevents packets from looping endlessly through the network Enter the maximum number of hops a source packet can traverse 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 5 114065 Rev A A 41 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP Diameter Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 15 1 to 127 Specifies the value or hop count the Routing Information Protocol RIP uses to denote infinity In order for RIP to operate properly every router within the network must be configured with an identical RIP diameter value If RIP is not enabled this parameter specifies the maximum number of hops within the autonomous system if RIP is not enabled th
201. er Backup Enable parameter page A 75 5 10 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Using the Holddown Timer to Relieve the CPU The holddown timer controls how often OSPF performs the calculation to compute a route Its purpose is to free up the CPU Note that a value of 0 means there is no holddown time By default the holddown timer is set at 1 second You can use Site Manager to specify a holddown time Site Manager Hold Down Timer parameter page A 74 Configuring Message Logging OSPF maintains a primary and backup log for OSPF messages By default OSPF logs the following messages in the primary log TRACE INFO DEBUG INTF STATE NBR STATE BAD LS By default OSPF logs no messages in the backup log You can use Site Manager to specify the messages that OSPF writes to the primary and backup log Site Manager Primary Log Mask parameter page A 76 Site Manager Backup Log Mask parameter page A 76 OSPF can log any or all of the following messages 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Message Example TRACE Designated Router changed on network x x x Xx RAN GR ED ee Ah INFO OSPF enabled OSPF DEBUG OSPF couldn t get a buffer dying INTF STATE Interface x x x x up on circuit x NBR STATE T2 Neighbor x x x x Event x State change x gt x LSA T4 Originating new LSA ty
202. er page A 45 For information about configuring equal cost multipath support on the router see Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support on page 3 11 4 8 114065 Rev A Customizing RIP Services Configuring a RIP Interface for Dial Optimized Routing Dial optimized routing is a method of reducing costs on dialed lines Under dial optimized routing RIP exchanges routing information on the interface only when the router or a peer has activated the connection for a data transmission RIP does not initiate a connection on a dialed line solely for the purpose of issuing a routing update For information on enabling dial optimized routing see Configuring Dial Services Once you have enabled dial optimized routing you can use Site Manager to set various RIP timers to control the way RIP generates updates on interfaces to dialed lines For information on setting timers for dial optimized routing see Setting RIP Timers on an Interface on page 4 9 Setting RIP Timers on an Interface Configurable timers determine the way RIP manages route information on an interface Setting these timers allows you to specify e The frequency at which RIP broadcasts full RIP updates on the interface e The timeout period that RIP will wait before considering a network unreachable e The holddown period that unreachable routes will be retained in the routing table and advertised Specifying an Update Interval By default RIP generates a
203. er and a weight value to a weight class AS weight classes allow a network administrator to assign multiple weight values to the same AS This feature allows the administrator to consider an AS path differently for different networks For example consider a situation in which two networks 192 32 1 0 and 192 32 2 0 are both reachable by two paths The first path to each network shares acommon AS AS 5 The second path to each network also shares a common AS AS 10 If the administrator for some reason wants to favor AS 5 in the path to 192 32 1 0 and AS 10 in the path to 192 32 2 0 she can assign one weight class to the AS as a component in the path to network 192 32 1 0 and another class to the AS component in the path to 192 32 2 0 An assigned weight can range from 1 to 15 plus an infinity value Weights provide a way either to prefer or to avoid routes that pass through certain ASs The weights of each AS in a path are added and the path with the smallest total weight is the preferred path Any path containing an AS weight of infinity will be avoided When a BGP router receives a new route it is evaluated against any existing accept policies If after this evaluation the path still is to be used the total weight of the path is calculated AS weights should be configured the same on all BGP routers in an AS You can use Site Manager to assign a weight and a weight class to an AS 114065 Rev A 6 21 Configuring IP Ser
204. ervices Group Mode PVC Frame Relay Group Mode or Direct Mode PVC AN4 IP0016A Figure 5 2 Point to Multipoint Topology OSPF point to multipoint interfaces provide an efficient means to connect routers in a star topology The routers are configured as follows 5 16 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services e The hub of the star topology the BCN router in Figure 5 2 is configured with a point to multipoint interface to the PVC and is set to be the OSPF designated router in the network The Router Priority parameter is set to a value greater than 0 e Each spoke of the star the AN routers in Figure 5 2 is configured with a point to multipoint interface to the PVC and is made ineligible to become the designated router The Router Priority parameter on each AN is set to 0 When the spokes of the topology the AN routers are computing routes through the other spokes the next hop is forced to be the hub the BCN router The hub can then forward the packet to the correct spoke Running OSPF with point to multipoint network interfaces addresses two problems how to minimize the number of subnets and how to minimize the number of interfaces required to support communications within the star topology With point to multipoint interfaces each star topology requires only one subnet rather than one subnet for each PVC Also the hub needs to support only one inte
205. es direct routes and OSPF intra area and interarea routes have a default preference of 16 You can configure a preference value in the range of 1 to 16 for RIP BGP EGP OSFP external and static routes The preference of direct routes and OSPF intra area and interarea routes cannot be user configured To assign a preference to a route learned by RIP OSPF BGP and EGP you configure an accept policy for the route If an incoming route matches the policy IP assigns the preference value you specify to the route and considers the route for possible inclusion in the routing table Route Weights Route weight calculation is an internal tool that IP uses to facilitate selection of the best route among alternative routes to the same destination Route selection criteria are encoded into the route weight in a way that allows IP to compare routes simply by comparing their weight values regardless of route sources 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Appendix D contains a worksheet that you can you use to calculate route weights in your configuration Route weight calculation increases the efficiency of the route selection process and at the same time reduces the size of the routing database since all route selection parameters for each route are encoded in a single integer the weight value rather than stored in separate variables Using selection criteria encoded in the route weight IP chooses routes in the following order
206. es encryption keys and key management services A BFE device uses these encryption keys for encrypting traffic between itself and other BFE devices The router to BFE interface is a modified version of the interface presented in the 1983 DDN X 25 Host Interface Specification It supports data rates between 1200 b s and 64 KB s In order to support BFE services the interface must be configured to support IP with the Revised IP Security Option RIPSO enabled All IP datagrams transmitted on the interface must contain a RIPSO security label The first option in each IP datagram header must be the Basic Security option BFE Addressing You can enable BFE support on individual IP interfaces When you enable BFE support the router uses the BFE address resolution algorithm to map IP addresses to their corresponding X 121 addresses BFE IP to X 121 address translation differs from standard DDN address translation Each physical router to BFE connection is identified by a BFE X 121 network address and a BFE IP address The format of a BFE X 121 address is 3 48 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services zezzzpdddbbb where LLLLZ is zero p is the BCD encoding of the port ID add is the BCD encoding of the domain ID bbb is the BCD encoding of the BFE ID All BFE hosts are members of Class A IP networks The format of a BFE IP address is as follows nnnnnnnn Zpppdddd ddddddbb bbbbbbbb where nnnnnnnn identifies the network ID in bits Z
207. es information about routes outside the OSPF AS using BGP RIP or another roouting protocol 2 Formats this information in AS external ASE advertisements 3 Propagates the ASEs into the OSPF domain using OSPF Enabling the Boundary Function By default the boundary function is disabled on the router You can use Site Manager to configure the router as an OSPF boundary router Site Manager AS Boundary Router parameter page A 74 114065 Rev A 5 25 Configuring IP Services Configuring AS External Advertisements Each ASE advertisement that a boundary router injects into the AS includes a Type 1 or Type 2 metric The Type 1 metric is equivalent to the metric of the non OSPF route The Type 2 metric is either the metric of the non OSPF route or the weight value calculated for that route Figure 5 4 for example shows three routers in an OSPF domain Router A and router B are both configured to generate ASE routes using the route weight as the Type 2 metric 1 2 Boundary Router A learns a route to destination X via EGP Boundary Router A advertises the route to the internal router as an OSPF ASE route The Type 2 metric in the advertisement contains the route weight value calculated for the EGP route to destination X Boundary Router B learns a route to destination X via BGP Boundary Router B advertises the route to the internal router as an OSPF ASE route The Type 2 metric in the advertisement contai
208. es the cost value when determining the best route for a datagram to follow Enter the number of router hops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 5 Next Hop Addr Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 0 0 0 0 Any valid IP address Specifies the IP address of the next hop router Defines a black hole route for a supernet Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation To configure a black hole static route enter 255 255 255 255 If you are configuring a static route to an unnumbered interface enter 0 0 0 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 6 Next Hop Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 0 0 0 0 Any valid subnet mask address Specifies the subnet mask of the next hop router The parameter also defines a black hole route for a supernet Enter the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation To configure a black hole static route enter 255 255 255 255 If you are configuring a static route to an unnumbered interface enter 0 0 0 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 5 1 7 114065 Rev A A 49 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Static Routes 16 1 to 16 Specifies a weighted value from 1 to 16 with 16 being the most preferred that the IP router uses to sel
209. es time out entries The address resolution cache contains host physical addresses learned by means of ARP or Proxy ARP A host entry is timed out deleted if the IP router sends no traffic destined for that host within the specified timeout period Select Off to disable timeout on this interface the IP router does not time out address resolution cache entries Select one of the other options to enable timeout with a timeout interval equal to the value you select for example 120 seconds the IP router removes address resolution cache entries that have not been accessed within the specified number of seconds Once an entry is removed the IP router must use ARP to re acquire the physical level address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 15 A 28 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Checksum Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces On On Off Specifies whether UDP checksum processing is enabled on this interface Select On to enable UDP checksum processing for the interface all outgoing and incoming UDP datagrams are subject to checksumming You should select On in virtually all instances Select Off to disable UDP checksum processing and provide backward compatibility with UNIX BSD 4 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 16 MAC Address Confi
210. ess for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF designated routers in a Frame Relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF designated routers Site Manager WAN Broadcast parameter page A 32 Site Manager WAN Multicast 1 parameter page A 33 Site Manager WAN Multicast 2 parameter page A 33 3 24 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table To keep to a minimum the amount of time it spends looking up routes IP creates and maintains a cache of frequently used routes called a forwarding table for each IP interface A forwarding table is a first in first out FIFO buffer When a datagram arrives on an IP interface for forwarding IP performs the following steps 1 IP searches the forwarding table associated with the interface for the destination network 2 Ifthe search is successful IP dispatches the datagram to the interface noted in the table entry 3 Ifthe search is unsuccessful IP consults the routing table to get the same information dispatches the datagram to the appropriate interface and caches the information in the appropriate forwarding table either by appending information to the table if the table is not full or by overwriting the oldest first in table entry if the table is full If IP flushes a route from the routing table it als
211. eta PERAE E E 5 17 EC UNH he MASU DE siiciiaiinansian hanna iiaeaa anaia Saian 5 18 COMPLIMENT aCe TIMES saranen or 5 19 ating the Reiransmit Imerval sinirinin N 5 19 Seng the Helo IMEA susriseinrmieia ia 5 20 EUs Tie Daad WME soriire AERE 5 21 Poll Interval for NBMA Neighbors 0 cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaeeneaes 5 22 POC VUNG MMC OORT 25 cctes ac siiscute sida aia a S 5 23 114065 Rev A Specifying ihe MTU SIZO daiocciiancctanneienca annie 5 24 Configuring OSPF on a Circuitless Interface ss iusssisraniinidardsinnnsi anianaaiiaidaniiinin 5 25 Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface ccccscceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeetetaeeeeneees 5 25 Gonigurng a Boundary ROOF ssucceuk setceavanccisedh nce Gee Bea A 5 25 Enabling the Boundary Function 4 ssdeweturanakdutsaacbeeoeniaieuennanieereomnanctueiate 5 25 Conigunhg AS Extenial Adver NSEm rniS ciidcccccssieon tissiaaceisacctiatecangivensidacimncereesieces 5 26 Using the External Route Tag i GM ASE sisisiiuanniiaiuneiia dyana udanie 5 28 Configuring Authentication ON an Menace irimia 5 30 Conijuring an Arca Border ROTET sariini eis craw a aaa nae 5 30 Configuring a Virtual Backbone Link through a Transit Area ccccecseeessteeeeeeees 5 32 Defining a Rande for a Summary ROUTE as cccctdigisectesscceacc senian 5 34 Configuring Border Services for a Stub sssrinin ia 5 34 Aoolving IP Policies to OSPF Inenatas siscissatsiiacecasaivexiasaniend chat
212. eter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID NetBIOS Station Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Static Name None A name string of up to 16 characters Specifies the name of a NetBIOS station Enter the NetBIOS name you want to add The name must not exceed 16 characters The system pads names shorter than 16 characters with ASCII space characters To enter non ASCII values in the name use the form xbb where bb can be any two hexadecimal digits 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 4 1 4 NetBIOS Scope ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Static Name None A NetBIOS scope identifier Identifies the area of the network across which the NetBIOS name is known Enter a name string that meets the requirements of the Domain Name System as described in RFC 833 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 4 1 5 IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Static Name None The IP address of the NetBIOS station Specifies an IP address to associate with the statically configured name Enter a valid IP address of a NetBIOS station 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 4 1 6 A 72 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters OSPF Parameters OSPF Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Defa
213. eter page A 53 Site Manager Default Volume parameter page A 53 Site Manager Close Time Out parameter page A 54 Site Manager Retry Time Out parameter page A 54 Site Manager Retransmit parameter page A 54 Configuring the Revised IP Security Option on an Interface IP routers support the Department of Defense DoD Revised IP Security Option RIPSO as defined in RFC 1108 on a per interface basis While RIPSO RFC 1108 specifies both basic and extended security options our implementation supports only the basic option 114065 Rev A 3 37 Configuring IP Services RIPSO is a feature that allows end systems and intermediate systems routers to add labels to or process security labels in IP datagrams that they transmit or receive on an IP network The labels specify security classifications for example Top Secret Confidential and Unclassified in descending order which can be used to limit the devices that can access these labeled IP datagrams As a labeled IP datagram traverses an IP network only those systems that have the proper clearance that is whose security classification range covers the classification specified by the datagram should accept and forward the datagram Any system whose security classification range does not cover the classification specified by the security label should drop the datagram Note RIPSO does not include any method of preventing a system that does not support
214. ets are consumed if destined for the router or bridged onto remaining ARP interfaces Always set this parameter the way you set the Forwarding parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 3 Nonlocal ARP Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Drop Drop Drop and Log Determines what happens when IP encounters an invalid ARP source address If this parameter is set to Drop and Log IP logs an invalid ARP source address when processing an ARP request If this parameter is set to Drop IP does not log the invalid ARP source address In either case IP drops the invalid ARP request If you want to log the invalid ARP source address set the parameter to Drop and Log Otherwise set the parameter to Drop 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 1 1 4 A 40 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Nonlocal ARP Destination Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Drop Drop Accept Determines whether IP drops ARP requests in which the source and destination addresses are located in different networks or subnetworks This parameter allows Proxy ARP to generate replies when the source and destination networks in the ARP request are different To process ARP requests with source and destination addresses from different networks set the parameter to Acc
215. example E1 617 555 1212 FFFF If you do not supply an address IP uses the SDMS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration refer to Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 66 WAN Broadcast Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a broadcast address for this IP interface in a Frame Relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will broadcast the message This parameter is displayed only if this is a Frame Relay circuit Enter the broadcast address provided by the Frame Relay subscription agreement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 67 A 32 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters WAN Multicast 1 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF routers in a Frame Relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF routers This parameter has meaning only if OSPF has been added to this interface Enter the multicast address for all OSPF routers as provided by the Frame Relay subscription ag
216. ey must then negotiate modes According to EGP the routers modes are determined as shown in Table 7 1 Table 7 1 Router Mode Determinator Router A Router B Resulting Modes Active Passive Router A is active Router B is passive Passive Passive Not allowed Active Active The router with the lower autonomous system number becomes active the other becomes the passive router Both Active Router A is passive Router B is active Both Passive Router A is active Router B is passive Both Both The router with the lower autonomous system number becomes active the other becomes the passive router Table 7 1 shows all possible acquisition mode combinations that are available when you configure the EGP neighbors at each end of a connection However it is recommended that one router be configured in the Active acquisition mode and the other in the Passive acquisition mode 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services In the neighbor reachability phase EGP is responsible for monitoring and maintaining an established EGP neighbor relationship between two routers Its purpose is to ensure that the neighbors are operational and can provide reliable network reachability information Two neighbors will be able to exchange network reachability information only if they are both in the UP state and know that they are both in the UP state This is the point at which neighbor reachability is positively determined
217. face Broadcast Type Broadcast Table E 6 AS Boundary Router 6 SM Window Parameter Setting Interface S21 Wan Protocol Standard IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 4 1 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 252 OSPF Global Rtr ID 128 10 4 1 OSPF Global Yes AS Boundary Router OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 1 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to point Interface E21 Add Protocols RIP IP Configuration IP Address 10 1 1 6 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 0 114065 Rev A E 7 A Address Resolution Protocol function of 3 27 HP Probe 3 29 Inverse ARP 3 29 proxy ARP 3 31 X 25 DDN and PDN 3 29 adjacent hosts definition of 3 33 aggregate route definition of 1 8 area OSPF definition of 5 5 ARP see Address Resolution Protocol ASE metric type OSPF 5 26 ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode IP over 3 26 autonomous system AS defintion of 1 8 B backbone OSPF definition of 5 5 Bay Networks CompuServe forum xxvi Customer Service FTP xxv home page on World Wide Web xxv InfoFACTS service xxvii publications ordering xxii support programs xxiv Support Source CD xxvi Technical Response Center xxiii xxvii technical support xxiii BGP AS weight classes 6 21 AS weights 6 21 Index best route calculation 6 7 6 24 interaction with OSPF 6 25 interior BGP IBGP 6 3 Local Preference Attribute 6 7 message
218. fault Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the net ID and subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 4 From Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters Any Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct Static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or
219. for Dial Optimized Routing 15 seconds to 259 200 seconds 72 hours s hours to 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks for Dial Optimized Routing Specifies the time period that RIP will wait for an update for a particular network before declaring it to be unreachable We recommend a timeout value of the broadcast time multiplied by 3 Enter a time in 5 second increments 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 13 114065 Rev A A 97 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Holddown Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 90 seconds 3 hours for Dial Optimized Routing 15 seconds to 259 200 seconds 72 hours 3 hours to 3 628 800 seconds 6 weeks for Dial Optimized Routing Specifies the time period that unusable routes will be advertised through this interface after the route has become invalid We recommend a timeout value of the broadcast time multiplied by 3 Enter a time in 5 second increments This parameter affects how long a route remains in the routing table after the route has become unusable To guarantee the holddown time for each interface RIP uses the largest holddown value as the amount of time to keep the route in the routing table Please note that if a route to a destination becomes unusable the holddown value will not affect the router s
220. g IP Services Classless Interdomain Routing Classless interdomain routing CIDR is an addressing scheme that employs supernet addresses to represent multiple IP destinations Rather than advertise a separate route for each destination in a supernet a router can use a supernet address to advertise a single route called an aggregate route that represents all of the destinations This reduces the size of the routing tables used to store advertised IP routes BGP 4 supports classless interdomain routing OSPF supports classless routing within a domain Autonomous Systems LANs and WANs interconnected by IP routers form a group of networks called an internet For administrative purposes an internet is divided into autonomous systems An autonomous system AS is simply a collection of routers called gateways in IP terminology and hosts Figure 1 2 depicts a sample internet segmented into three autonomous systems Routing Protocols Routers inside an autonomous system use an interior gateway protocol to communicate network topology changes to each other Routers in separate autonomous systems use an exterior gateway protocol to communicate The IP router implements two dynamic interior protocols RIP and OSPF The IP router implements two exterior protocols BGP and EGP 1 8 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features Auto
221. g a Subnet Broadcast Address scssccaiioiininii iiaii 3 16 Specifying the Cost of an Interface cee EEE kna 3 17 Enabling MTU Discovery gii an WHOMTACE siicccccciscetesstencctvinaricziassriwosdendsenciuasiaiee 3 18 Configuring ICMP Features on an Interface sesuo iinainiiinninnnia maaninen 3 19 Enabling ICMP Address Mask Replies on an Interface 3 19 Enabling ICMP Redirect Messages eccccesesceceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeenaeeneaes 3 19 Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface cccececeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeneeeees 3 20 Disabling UDP Checksum Processing on the Interface cccceeseeeeteeeeneeees 3 21 Specifying a MAC Address or E 164 Address c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetaeeeeaes 3 21 Enabling Source Routing over a Token Ring Network ccccceeeseeeeseeeeeseeees 3 22 Gonngunna alt SMDS AJJESS ccscscecaesnctlsis cetsieileaiae ia eded alae 3 24 Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Relay Network cc cs eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 3 24 Specifying the Maximum Size of the Forwarding Table 08 PA EE 3 25 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet ccceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeees 3 26 Comigo Address AeSoloN iiaeiai ateina a diena iana aii 3 27 Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an Interface cccceeseeeeeeesreeees 3 29 Selecting an Encapsulation Option for ARP and Probe ssssssssssesseesssesseesseee 3 30 Enabling Fry ARP on an Mer
222. g packets e22 140 250 200 10 140 250 250 10 e21 140 250 150 10 A C J J 140 250 200 56 140 250 250 3 IP0009A Figure 3 2 Multinet Configuration 114065 Rev A 3 15 Configuring IP Services Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface In broadcasting the IP router transmits a single packet to every host on an attached network To do so it uses a broadcast address that refers to all hosts on the network A broadcast address is simply an IP address that contains all 1s or all Os in the host portion For example the IP Class C address 10 3 45 12 has the following characteristics e Because the address is for a Class A network the network portion is 1 byte the host portion contains 3 bytes e Because the host portion of a broadcast address consists of all 1s or all Os the broadcast address for that network can be one of the following 10 255 255 255 10 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 or 0 0 0 0 Some networks do not support broadcasts thus configuring an IP broadcast address does not guarantee efficient broadcast delivery By default IP uses a broadcast address that contains all 1s in the host portion You can use Site Manager to configure a broadcast address on an IP interface Site Manager Broadcast Address parameter page A 25 Accept the default 0 0 0 0 unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is
223. g software available for use by any third party Neither title nor ownership to Software passes to licensee Licensee shall not provide or otherwise make available any Software in whole or in part in any form to any third party Third parties do not include consultants subcontractors or agents of licensee who have licensee s permission to use the Software at licensee s facility and who have agreed in writing to use the Software only in accordance with the restrictions of this license Third party owners from whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights to software that is incorporated into Bay Networks products shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this license against licensee Licensee shall not remove or obscure any copyright patent trademark trade secret or similar intellectual property or restricted rights notice within or affixed to any Software and shall reproduce and affix such notice on any backup copy of Software or copies of software resulting from modification or combination performed by licensee as permitted by this license 114065 Rev A jii Bay Networks Software License continued 10 11 12 Licensee shall not reverse assemble reverse compile or in any way reverse engineer the Software Note For licensees in the European Community the Software Directive dated 14 May 1991 as may be amended from time to time shall apply for interoperability purposes Licensee must notify Bay Networks
224. g table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 6 Default Route Supply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Generate Specifies whether or not the interface advertises a default route in RIP updates sent to neighboring networks When a router does not know the route of a particular address it uses the default route as the destination A configured policy can override this setting This parameter is independent of the RIP Supply parameter If you select Enable RIP advertises the default route if it is present in the routing table that is if you have statically included a default route in the table or if the router has learned the default route 0 0 0 0 dynamically If you select Generate RIP advertises a default route whether or not a default route is present in the routing table This parameter does not cause RIP to create a routing table entry for a default route the route will not be visible in the routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 7 114065 Rev A A 95 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Default Route Listen Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not IP adds default route information to its internal routing tab
225. ger gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities Specifies one or more BGP communities This policy applies to all BGP advertisements that match the list Supply an octet string using the following format each community ID is 4 bytes long 0 in the two most significant bits causes the router to perform the match on the lower 16 bits the default empty list means match any list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 33 B 52 114065 Rev A RIP Appendix C Import and Export Route Filters RIP Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If this field is set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 3 114065 Rev A C 1 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the r
226. ger gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements authored by a router on this list Applicable only for BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 19 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 19 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 19 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 19 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 19 114065 Rev A B 35 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID From BGP AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters g
227. guration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces None 0 a user specified MAC address if the interface is on an SMDS circuit the entire E 164 address for example C1 617 555 5000 FFFF Specifies a MAC media access control address for this IP interface The IP router will use its IP address and this MAC address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface Enter 0 to configure the IP router to use its IP address and the circuit s MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface Enter your own MAC address to configure the IP router to use its IP address and the specified MAC address when transmitting packets on this interface If the interface is on an SMDS circuit by default IP uses the SMDS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration refer to Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 17 114065 Rev A A 29 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID TR Endstation Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies source routing over Token Ring selection Use the On option to enable the parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 64 Redirects Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Indicates whether or no
228. h tree with itself as the root of the tree It then can identify the shortest path from itself to each destination and build its routing table OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks A destination in as OSPF route advertisement is expressed as an IP address and a variable length mask Taken together the address and the mask indicate the range of destinations to which the advertisement applies The ability to specify a range of networks allows OSPF to send one summary advertisement that represents multiple destinations For example a summary advertisement for the destination 128 185 0 0 with a mask of Oxffff0000 describes a single route to destinations 128 185 0 0 to 128 185 255 255 OSPF Neighbors OSPF neighbors are any two routers that have an interface to the same network In each OSPF network routers use the Hello protocol to discover their neighbors and maintain neighbor relationships On a broadcast or point to point network the Hello protocol dynamically discovers neighbors however on a nonbroadcast multiaccess network you must manually configure neighbors 114065 Rev A 5 3 Configuring IP Services The Hello protocol is responsible for ensuring that communication between neighbors is bidirectional Periodically OSPF routers send out Hello packets over all interfaces Included in these Hello packets are e The router s priority e The router s Hello Timer and Dead Timer value e A list of routers that have sent t
229. hat originate external to this AS will be issued no faster than the number of seconds you specify with this parameter A 8 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Connect Retry Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 120 seconds 0 to 2147483647 Specifies the maximum number of seconds allowed between TCP connection attempts for this peer connection Either accept the current value or set this parameter to some other value A value of 0 indicates that no active attempt to establish a BGP connection to the peer is to be done Incoming calls from the peers will be accepted 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 12 Holdtime Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 90 seconds 0 or any decimal number greater than 2 Specifies the holdtime that will be inserted into an Open message Upon receipt of the peer s Open message the lesser of the two holdtimes will be used this must be at least 3 seconds There are two exceptions If one peer sends a zero holdtime then the non zero holdtime is used If both peers send zero holdtimes then no holdtime is used The calculated holdtime is the amount of time either peer will wait for a Keepalive or Update message before declaring the connection down Either accept the
230. he name and IP address of the server in its cache 3 The router forwards the Name Query Response Routers that support NetBIOS must analyze each Name Query Request received on a NetBIOS interface to determine whether the name of the requested resource typically a server is in the cache If so the router replaces the broadcast address in the Request with the unicast IP address of the server The router then forwards the Name Query Request to the server 114065 Rev A 8 7 Configuring IP Services Enabling Name Caching on the Router NetBIOS name caching gives the router the ability to cache the name associated with each NetBIOS server that is active on the network By default NetBIOS name caching is disabled You can use Site Manager to enable name caching 15 character NetBIOS name caching gives the router the ability to treat a NetBIOS name as either a 15 or a 16 character entity By default NetBIOS treats a name as a 16 character entity You can use Site Manager to enable the feature if you want NetBIOS to treat a name as a 15 character entity Site Manager NetBIOS Name Caching parameter page A 66 Site Manager 15 Character NetBIOS Name Caching parameter page A 66 Creating a MIB Instance for a Cached Name By default NetBIOS creates a MIB instance for each name entry stored in the name cache You can use Site Manager to disable the feature if you want to release the system memory and processing re
231. he route with the higher Local Preference attribute 3 Choose the route with the lower Inter AS Metric attribute if both routes include this optional attribute 4 Choose the route with the lower interior cost to the Next Hop 5 Choose external BGP over IBGP 6 Choose the route with the lower BGP identifier 7 Choose the route with the lower BGP connection remote address 8 Choose the route with the lower BGP connection local address 6 24 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services OSPF BGP Interaction RFC 1403 defines the interaction between BGP and OSPF when OSPF is the IGP within an autonomous system For routers running both protocols the OSPF router ID and the BGP identifier must be an IP address and must be identical A route policy must be configured to allow BGP advertisement of OSPF routes Interaction between BGP 4 and OSPF includes the ability to advertise supernets to support classless interdomain routing CIDR BGP 4 allows interdomain supernet advertisements OSPF can carry supernet advertisements within a routing domain Configuring BGP Message Logging Site Manager allows you to control the event messages that BGP sends to the log file by specifying e Local and remote address of a peer to peer session or sessions e Message severity level fault warning information trace or debug or all levels e BGP message type Open Update Notification or Keepalive Use BGP message logging parameters to li
232. he router should remove the IP security options Select the type of IP datagram from which you want IP security options to be removed None causes the router to leave IP security options on all inbound and outbound IP datagrams intact Incoming causes the router to strip the IP security option from each incoming IP datagram after checking the IP datagram against the interface s security configuration Outgoing causes the router to strip the IP security option from each outgoing IP datagram before checking each datagram against the interface s security configuration All causes the router to strip the IP security options from both incoming and outgoing IP datagrams incoming datagrams after checking each against this interface s security configuration and outgoing datagrams before checking each against the interface s security configuration If you set this parameter to Outgoing or All then you must set the Require Out Security parameter to None Similarly if you set the Require Out Security parameter to Forwarded Originated or All then you must set this parameter to None or Incoming 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 77 114065 Rev A A 55 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Require Out Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces All None Forwa
233. his router Hello packets on this interface e The router s choice for designated router and backup designated router Bidirectional communication is determined when one router sees itself listed in the neighbor s Hello packet Neighbor Adjacencies Neighbors may form an adjacency for the purpose of exchanging routing information When two routers form an adjacency they go through a process called database exchange to synchronize their topological databases When their databases are synchronized the routers are said to be fully adjacent From this point on only routing change information is passed between the adjacencies thus conserving bandwidth All routers connected by a point to point network or a virtual link will always form an adjacency Also every router on a multiaccess network forms an adjacency relationship with the designated router and the backup designated router Designated Routers To further reduce the amount of routing traffic the Hello protocol elects a designated router and a backup designated router on each multiaccess network Instead of neighboring routers forming adjacencies and swapping link state information with each other which on a large network can mean a lot of routing protocol traffic all routers on the network form an adjacency with the designated router and the backup designated router only and send link state information to them The designated router then redistributes the information from each ro
234. hits and misses will help determine the optimal size of the forwarding table For debugging purposes if you see the wfIpInterfaceCacheMisses statistic going up at an alarming rate you should consider increasing the table size However an occasional cache miss does not warrant an increase in table size 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 104 114065 Rev A A 35 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether Revised IP Security Option RIPSO is enabled for the interface If you do not support RIPSO on your network simply accept the default setting Disable If you are configuring RISPO support set this parameter to Enable Then see Configuring RIPSO Support for instructions on setting the rest of the RIPSO parameters that you must configure Once you set this parameter to Enable you can access the rest of the RIPSO parameters If you do not enable this parameter Site Manager does not activate the RIPSO parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 76 UnNumbered Assoc Alternate Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Automatically assigns an alternate associated address to an unnumbered interface in the ev
235. hysical connection you must disable this parameter The advantage of a configuration with multiple physical connections is redundancy The disadvantage is that such a configuration results in multiple copies of each route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 16 Multi hop EBGP Connection Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether BGP allows multihop connections to an external BGP peer By default BGP enforces the rule that requires an external BGP peer to be located on a directly attached network Use this parameter to override the restriction Enabling multihop BGP connections is dangerous because it can cause BGP speakers to establish a BGP connection that traverses a third party AS which may violate policy considerations and may also introduce forwarding loops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 6 A 4 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Dynamic Policy Change Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether or not BGP dynamically re evaluates all routes affected by a policy when you modify the policy Select disable if you want BGP to restart all connections when you modify a policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 19 Soloist Slots Conf
236. ia xxiv Bay Networks Information ServiCes sossiinsnn uinen adian asaan aoad iiaiai a XXV W WIN VOG aiaei XXV G ctomer IE namna ai XXV APOE e T e E R N T T TENT AA AE T E OTT T xxvi COMPUS sai sacs rere ere ae ree rey retrace ere aa XXVi MOFFAT ogarnia a CPreCr Tree rere ree tre Terre errr per rrr vero CT rPor TET reer Terre Pete xxvii Hor ta Gat PHONY scorecec eaceecsrcecehace sein ersquanwdaceamsunaacuddecetutacesuderneduasamacted esktmaneseauiacaies xxvii Chapter 1 IP Concepts Terminology and Features P Addr DER siniaki oenina iaee AA E A A 1 2 Sumer Addio SSI accidia eaa i 1 4 SUPONE POSING irani a ANAA 1 7 Olassless Intordomain ROUN scrissero areenaa 1 8 Putenomaus SYNEM siii nanan aaa a a ddudyancensaneaiauee 1 8 eee UU ev PIJTE arinaa a Saaai a aaa aaea 1 8 Routing Iniomoation Protocol RIP aisina nein kedenmaaladaais 1 9 Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol erisin riena nD 1 10 Border Gateway FPratocol BGP senais ansi a n a 1 10 Exteio Galeway Procol EGP oiiaaie aana a 1 10 114065 Rev A v Route PICTONSNGCCS scrinia a nscaseaasaandesivainacdecteynacceeasetacecees 1 11 PURI e l e LE OA T AAE T T A A E EEE O ENIT AE 1 11 P Roving Polices and PIGER occ lcars csciaesarrcncsicatesuchiondeeuaid ca maccilieeaueliaenindaiadoneeiiiigs 1 13 Prano ba ic i aemereererse ee ey oprer rar error rere ree ieeteprerer G 1 17 RFC Compliance 0 Creer errr fre PEIEE E T ET 1 17 Chapter 2 Starting IP Services Sea e L aA AT EROAA
237. iated address for an unnumbered interface configured with RIP you may change the way RIP advertises subnets You can use Site Manager to enable the associated address option Site Manager UnNumbered Assoc Alternate parameter page A 36 2 18 114065 Rev A Chapter 3 Customizing IP Services This chapter consists of the following sections e Configuring IP on the Router page 3 3 Configuring the Router for Host Only Mode page 3 4 Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet page 3 8 Setting the RIP Diameter page 3 8 Allowing an All Zero or All One Subnet Address page 3 9 Estimating the Size of the Routing Table page 3 9 Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet page 3 10 Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies page 3 10 Disabling Route Filter Support page 3 10 Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support page 3 11 Enabling ISP Mode on the Router page 3 12 114065 Rev A 3 1 Configuring IP Services Configuring an IP Interface page 3 13 Configuring a Multinet Interface page 3 15 Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface page 3 16 Specifying the Cost of an Interface page 3 17 Enabling MTU Discovery on an Interface page 3 18 Enabling ICMP Address Mask Replies on an Interface page 3 19 Enabling All Subnet Broadcasting on an Interface page 3 20 Configuring Address Resolution page 3 27 Defining an Adjacent Host page 3 33 Specifying a MA
238. ices Table E 4 Area Border Router 4 SM Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 4 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rir ID 128 10 2 4 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface S21 WAN Protocol Frame Relay IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 6 4 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 2 OSPF Area AS External No Area 0 0 0 2 is a stub OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Point to multipoint standard Note Router 4 must be the designated router for the Frame Relay network within the cloud To ensure this set the Router Priority parameter on the OSPF Frame Relay interfaces for Router V and Router W to zero The broadcast type should be set to Point to multipoint standard In addition Router V and Router W must have IP adjacent host entries configured for each other E 6 114065 Rev A Table E 5 Internal Backbone Router 5 IP OSPF Configuration SM Window Parameter Setting Interface F31 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 5 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 248 OSPF Global Rir ID 128 10 2 5 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Interface Broadcast Type Broadcast Interface E21 IP Configuration IP Address 128 10 2 129 IP Configuration Mask 255 255 255 192 OSPF Area Area 0 0 0 0 OSPF Inter
239. ifferent routers that are part of the same logical IP subnet 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 9 A 96 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Time to Live Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 1 1 to 255 hops Specifies a TTL value to be inserted in the IP header for RIP updates Certain RIP implementations ignore packets with a TTL value of 1 hop Use this parameter to provide interoperability with such implementations Setting a TTL of 1 prevents RIP updates from inadvertently getting off the local network Increasing the TTL introduces the risk of the update getting off the local network and being forwarded around the network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 11 Broadcast Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 30 seconds 1 hous for Dial Optimized Routing 5 seconds to 86 400 seconds 24 hours 1 hour to 1 209 600 seconds 2 weeks for Dial Optimized Routing Specifies how frequently RIP does a full update of the routing table Enter a value in 5 second increments 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 12 Timeout Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces 90 seconds 3 hours
240. iguration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global All slots Slots 1 through 14 Specifies slots on which the BGP soloist is eligible to run Use the ISP Mode parameter IP global to configure BGP as a soloist 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 20 BGP 3 Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP 3 gt Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP 3 on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP 3 for the entire router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 2 1 2 114065 Rev A A 5 Configuring IP Services BGP 4 Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt BGP 4 gt Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables BGP 4 on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable BGP 4 for the entire router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 3 1 2 BGP Peer Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Peer Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the remote side of this BGP peer connection En
241. igure authentication on an IP interface you can use Site Manager to assign a 1 to 16 character password to the interface Site Manager Authentication Type parameter page A 99 Site Manager Authentication Password parameter page A 99 4 6 114065 Rev A Customizing RIP Services Supplying a Default Route on an Interface When the routing table does not contain the route to a particular destination address the router looks for a default route to the destination Like any other route in the routing table the default route can be acquired dynamically by means of a routing protocol or entered statically by you By default RIP does not supply a default route You can use Site Manager to enable this feature on a RIP interface You can configure RIP to advertise an existing default route one that is present in the routing table in RIP updates sent to neighboring networks You can also configure RIP to generate a default route if the routing table does not contain a default route Site Manager Default Route Supply parameter page A 95 This parameter is independent of the RIP Supply parameter A configured policy can override the parameter Listening for a Default Route By default RIP ignores inbound advertisements of a default route on the interfaces where it is configured Using Site Manager you can configure RIP to listen for a default route Site Manager Default Route Listen parameter pag
242. ility e Configuring a router with a new link module or net module Before You Begin Before using this guide you must complete the following procedures For a new router e Install the router refer to the installation manual that came with your router e Connect the router to the network and create a pilot configuration file refer to Quick Starting Routers and BNX Platforms Connecting AN and ANH Systems to a Network or Connecting ASN Routers to a Network Make sure that you are running the latest version of Bay Networks Site Manager and router software For instructions refer to Upgrading Routers from Version 7 10 xx to Version 11 0 114065 Rev A xix Configuring IP Services Conventions angle brackets lt gt bold text brackets ellipsis points italic text quotation marks screen text separator gt vertical line I Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example if command syntax is ping lt p_address gt you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Indicates text that you need to enter command names and buttons in menu paths Example Enter wism amp Example Use the dinfo command Example ATM DXI gt Interfaces gt PVCs identifies the PVCs button in the window that appears when you select the Interfaces option from the ATM DXI menu Indicate optional elements You ca
243. ility of the network administrator to ensure that ARP is loaded correctly on a slot To do this through Site Manager select Events Manager gt Options gt Filters then select LOADER and Debug and do a File gt Get Current Log File Verify that ARP is loaded on a slot by locating the following message in the log xx 01 01 95 10 10 55 00 DEBUG SLOT x LOADER CODE 33 Loader service completed for ARP EXE OxxxxxXXXXX You can use Site Manager to e Control how ARP acts in relation to IP s forwarding state e Control whether IP drops and logs an invalid ARP source address or simply drops the request e Control whether IP drops or accepts ARP requests in which the source and destination addresses are located in different networks or subnetworks This parameter allows Proxy ARP to generate replies when the source and destination networks in the ARP request differ Site Manager ARP Forwarding parameter page A 40 Site Manager Nonlocal ARP Source parameter page A 40 Site Manager Nonlocal ARP Destination parameter page A 41 3 28 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Selecting an Address Resolution Scheme for an Interface In addition to ARP IP supports Inverse ARP HP Probe and X 25 address resolution schemes Inverse ARP provides address resolution for Frame Relay interfaces It is used to discover the IP address of the station at the remote end of the virtual circuit HP Probe a Hewlett Packard proprie
244. ilters BGP 3 Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP network address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 3 Import Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 the net ID and subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Import Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Import Address fi
245. in writing of any such intended examination of the Software and Bay Networks may provide review and assistance Notwithstanding any foregoing terms to the contrary if licensee licenses the Bay Networks product Site Manager licensee may duplicate and install the Site Manager product as specified in the Documentation This right is granted solely as necessary for use of Site Manager on hardware installed with licensee s network This license will automatically terminate upon improper handling of Software such as by disclosure or Bay Networks may terminate this license by written notice to licensee if licensee fails to comply with any of the material provisions of this license and fails to cure such failure within thirty 30 days after the receipt of written notice from Bay Networks Upon termination of this license licensee shall discontinue all use of the Software and return the Software and Documentation including all copies to Bay Networks Licensee s obligations under this license shall survive expiration or termination of this license 114065 Rev A Contents Configuring IP Services About This Guide BETS EIN ah sae sci oes see A AE E EE TA xix CON eLa E E E E E E een ee ete XX PROTO Vy IE se ihe a Bia la E AANA AR xxi Ordenng Bay Networks PUDNGSUONS sic jansecccsitesarensigscdvteccsasasinncslavainieretaiantiobadeoumataaxan xxii Technical Support and Online Services Bay Networks Customer SOV soiseid annsna esa aia
246. inator value set the Action parameter to Propagate and set the Multi Exit Discriminator parameter to Specified 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 25 Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies As Is As Is IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies an Origin attribute override The Origin attribute of a route matching this policy will be replaced with the indicated value To allow the existing Origin attribute use the default 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 26 114065 Rev A B 49 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Null An AS path Specifies an AS path that overrides the AS path attribute of a route matching this policy Constructs a BGP 4 AS path composed of AS path segments Each AS path segment includes a path segment type a path segment length specifying the number of ASs in the segment and a path segment value containing one or more AS numbers There are two AS path segment types Type 1 an unordered set of ASs that a route in the UPDATE message has traversed and Type 2 an ordered set of ASs that a route in the UPDATE message has traversed 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 27 Local Preference Over
247. ing Name Caching on the Interface 220 c cccccsecessinerstceneencesesarcenetenenenennane 8 11 Disabling Inbound and Outbound Broadcasts cccccceeesseceeeeesnteeeeeeesteeeeeeenaaes 8 11 Supplying a Rebroadcast Address cisetcic redeccetdd acti sioan iaaa eae 8 12 Configuring a Static NetBIOS Name and Address 0 0 cccccccceccsteeeeeessneeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaes 8 12 Enabling and Disabling Static Name Caching ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeees 8 12 Specifying the NetBIOS Station Name cccescseeseeeeeeeceeneeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeaeeseeeeens 8 12 Specifying the NetBIOS Station Address 000 2 ceeccceesceeeeecceeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeaaeeseeeeens 8 13 SUPY A SCOPE BENNET was xa thd ite A N RATAA ANAD 8 13 Adding a Traffic Filter to a NetBIOS Interface EAEE PE 8 14 Appendix A Site Manager Parameters BOP Para IS arsniionsiana nia ina AA aaan alaena aiaia A 1 BGP Connguralon ParamMcterS sonimda iena i ii A 1 BGP Global Parami ETE rrisnin ANDARE A 2 BGP 3 Global Parameters EE T T E E EEE A 5 BGPA Global Paramelgig idaraan Aia A 6 BOF PSr ar ISS isai aia daea a aaia A 6 BGP AS Weight and Weight Class Parameters sscrerisiicnirroiiseniioeiiisneenienniaa A 12 BGP Event Message Parameters suiran ed Garten AA ae A 16 ECR FarGen A 18 EGP Gioball Parameter raions iaeaea aeaa AASR A 18 EGP Neighbor Parameters srenirsernrionteia nir NAE A 19 FFP E aa asa nondugeuonetdteasoubaumsanodads A 22 xii 114065 Rev
248. ircuitless Interface page 2 15 Adding OSPF and BGP to the Circuitless Interface page 2 16 Selecting Slots to Support the Circuitless Interface page 2 16 e Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface page 2 16 Using the Alternate Associated Address Option page 2 18 2 2 114065 Rev A Starting IP Starting IP Services Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as an interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens 1 Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK The IP Configuration window opens Supply the following information An IP address for this interface There is no default for the IP address You must supply an address or enter 0 0 0 0 to indicate that this is an unnumbered interface For information about unnumbered interfaces see Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface on page 2 16 Site Manager IP Address parameter page A 22 A subnet mask When you specify an address IP automatically calculates an appropriate subnet mask depending on the class of network You can use Site Manager to override the default mask Site Manager Subnet Mask parameter page A 22 A transmit broadcast address By default IP uses a broadcast address that consists of all 1s You
249. isting Next Hop attribute use the default null value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 30 Atomic Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce PoliciesConfiguration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Automatic Automatic Force Ignore Allows control over the Atomic path attribute By default the router automatically sets this parameter if it knows that certain networks in aggregate range have not been included in an aggregate advertisement To include the Atomic attribute even if the router does not assume one is required set the parameter to Force 114065 Rev A B 51 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Pattern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Empty string Any regular expression or empty string Allows AS_PATH pattern matching Enter a valid regular expression to indicate an AS and its position in a path The policy applies to all routes whose AS path includes the AS in that position For example the expression 200 means that the policy applies to all routes whose AS_PATH attribute contains AS 200 as the last AS in the path 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 32 Community Match Configuration Mana
250. itted on an interface By default when you configure OSPF on an interface OSPF uses the MTU size specified for the type of network to which the interface is connected Using Site Manager you can configure OSPF to e Send packets no larger than the IP MTU size for Ethernet 1500 e Use the MTU size you specify The number you enter must be less than the IP MTU size for that physical interface Note When running OSPF over a synchronous PPP link set the MTU size to a value less than the synchronous MTU size 1200 This allows all OSPF routes to be learned over the link Site Manager MTU Size parameter page A 83 5 24 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Configuring OSPF on a Circuitless Interface In some configurations you may want the router s circuitless interface to be treated as the interface for an OSPF internal route To do this you can add OSPF to the circuitless interface For information on the circuitless interface see Using the Circuitless IP Interface on page 2 15 Configuring a Neighbor on an NBMA Interface In a nonbroadcast multiaccess network neighbors are not learned dynamically You can use Site Manager to enable and disable the neighbor configuration supply the IP address for each neighbor and specify the neighbor s priority Site Manager Neighbor s IP Address parameter page A 84 Configuring a Boundary Router An OSPF boundary router 1 Receiv
251. kets across a source routing network they must act like endstations supplying route descriptors for each packet before they send it out onto the network With endnode support enabled whenever an IP router receives a packet and determines that the packet s next hop is located across a source routing network the router e Adds the necessary Routing Information Field RIF information to the packet s MAC header e Sends the packet out onto the network where it is source routed toward the next hop Upon receiving the packet from the Token Ring network the peer router strips off the RIF and continues to route the packet toward the destination network address Figure 3 3 3 22 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services End Station 1 Ss E i Token Token Token Router 1 Ring Vv Ring vy Ring Router 2 Bridge A Bridge B E End Station 2 Packet sent from End Station 1 WF2 WF1 SNAP IP DATA Source Route RIF Packet sent from Router 1 WF2 WF1 0830 001A002B 0030 SNAP e DATA Packet sent from Router 2 maw owe e o Figure 3 3 IP Routers Source Routing across a Token Ring Network IP0012A The router can send ARP packets over an interface configured for a Token Ring network Bay Net
252. l attribute used to choose between paths to the destinations listed Local Preference Optional attribute allowing AS border routers to indicate the preference they have assigned to a chosen route when advertising it to IBGP peers Atomic Aggregate Optional attribute used to ensure that certain network layer reachability information NLRI is not deaggregated Aggregator Optional attribute identifying which AS performed the most recent route aggregation The attribute contains the last AS number that formed the aggregate route followed by the IP address of the BGP speaker that formed the aggregate route Route Clusters Optional attribute listing the route clusters that may be traversed to reach a given destination Advertiser Optional attribute identifying which border router injected the route BGP Community Optional transitive attribute identifying the communities to which the route belongs A community is a group of destinations that share some common property 6 6 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services BGP 4 Local Preference Values BGP 4 update messages include a Local Preference attribute that allows an AS border router to assign a preference value to a route when advertising it to IBGP peers The calculation of the Local Preference attribute is implementation specific A higher value indicates that the route is more preferred The router uses the following equations to calculate a val
253. l link state advertisements If this area does not import AS external link state advertisements it is a stub area If it does import AS external link state advertisements it is not a stub area Set to No if this area functions as a stub area Otherwise accept the default value Yes 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 6 A 86 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Stub Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas 1 1 to 255 When an area border router is connected to a stub area it generates a default link summary into the area specifying a default route The stub metric is the cost of that route By default Stub Metric equals 1 This parameter has meaning only when the Import AS Extern parameter is set to No Either accept the stub metric default value 1 or supply the appropriate Stub Metric value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 7 Import Summaries Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas True True False Specifies whether network summaries are flooded into a stub area This variable has meaning only if the Import AS Extern parameter is set to No Set to False if Import AS Extern is set to No and you do not want network summaries imported into the stub area Otherwise set to True 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5
254. le Select Enable to configure the RIP interface to listen for and potentially add the default route 0 0 0 0 information to its internal routing table Note that you must also enable RIP Listen on this interface A configured policy can override this setting Select Disable to prohibit the RIP interface from adding the default route 0 0 0 0 information to its internal routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 2 2 1 8 Poisoned Reverse Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt RIP gt Interfaces Poisoned Poisoned Actual Split Specifies how the RIP interface advertises routes it learns from an adjacent network in periodic updates subsequently sent to that network Select Poisoned to configure this RIP interface to implement poisoned reverse When poisoned reverse is enabled the RIP interface advertises routes to the adjacent network from which it has learned the routes In RIP updates RIP uses a hop count of RIP Network Diameter plus one thus declaring the destination unreachable Poisoned reverse can speed up the convergence of the network routing tables Select Split to configure this RIP interface to implement a split horizon When split horizon is enabled the RIP interface omits routes learned from a neighbor in RIP updates subsequently sent to that neighbor Select Actual to configure this RIP interface to advertise routes with the learned cost This is useful on a Frame Relay interface that has virtual connections VCs to d
255. le indicates that this is not an OSPF interface Set this parameter to Disable if you do not want OSPF enabled on the interface Set it to Enable if you previously disabled OSPF on this interface and now wish to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 2 Area ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 0 0 0 0 Any 4 octet number in dotted decimal notation This parameter identifies the area to which this interface belongs Enter the appropriate area ID in dotted decimal notation Area ID 0 0 0 0 is reserved for the backbone 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 6 A 78 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces Broadcast Broadcast NBMA nonbroadcast multiaccess Point to point Point to multipoint STD Point to multipoint Indicates the type of network to which this interface is attached Select Broadcast if this network is a broadcast LAN such as Ethernet Select NBMaA if the network is a nonbroadcast network such as X 25 Select Point to point for a synchronous point to point interface Select Point to multipoint STD if the network is a point to multipoint network If you want to use the Bay Networks proprietary solution for Frame Relay point
256. less Interface cceecceccsseeceeseeeesteeeeeeeeees 2 16 Selecting Slots to Support the Circuitless Interface ccceccceeesteeeeesssteeeeeeees 2 16 Configuring an Unnumbered IP Interface siirinsesi 2 16 Using the Alternate Associated Address Option 0 cccccceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeees 2 18 vi 114065 Rev A Chapter 3 Customizing IP Services Conigurng P on TVG ROEE sarson Aa a Naasi 3 3 Configuring the Router for Host Only Mode sssrin niiaissisisinsnei iauonsiaaaduaiiadunia 3 4 Setting the Time to Live Value on a Source Packet cc cccecseceeeeeeeeeeeetenaeeteneees 3 8 osuin tie RIF DANE ruinaa ed edeny ance rained Gaara evaase eae aa Celia 3 8 Allowing an All Zero or All One Subnet Address ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeesaeeeeaes 3 9 Estimating the Size Of ihe Roung TANS iiser 3 9 Using a Default Route for an Unknown Subnet eeeeseeseneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 10 Specifying the Maximum Number of IP Policies cccsceeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 3 10 Disabling Rote Filler SUDO ssiri A 3 10 Enabling Equal Cost Multipath SUPOTE s cecossiiniisnircr eee marissa 3 11 Enabling ISP Mode on the Router selena gaan E E E E T 3 12 COTM Ine ART REICEAS 3 13 Configuring a RAMEN Interlace sostesssasncees satcncds tansecncescsuunnseeidsluuansds rannani 3 15 Specifying a Broadcast Address for an Interface cccecesceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeteaes 3 16 Specifyin
257. list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that originate from the ASs on this list To indicate that the policy applies to BGP advertisements originating from any AS use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 12 B 16 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies Any Any IGP EGP IGP or EGP Incomplete Incomplete or IGP Incomplete or EGP Specifies which values of the BGP origin attribute apply to this policy Select the origin values you wish to accept for this policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 13 Aggregator AS List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that contain in their Aggregator path attribute an AS number on this list To specify that the policy applies to BGP advertisements with any AS number in the Aggregator path attribute use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 14
258. list to indicate that this policy applies to OSPF updates from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 13 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 13 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 13 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 13 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 13 114065 Rev A B 29 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Received OSPF Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Any Type 1 Type 2 External Internal Any Specifies which types of OSPF routes match this policy Applicable only for OSPF sourced routes and if OSPF is included as a route source To match any route type enter Any To match any non ASE route enter Internal To match any ASE route enter External To match any external type 1 route enter Type 1 To match any external type 2 route enter Type 2 RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 14 O
259. ll One Subnet Address By default IP considers an interface with an address whose subnet portion consists of all zeros or all ones to be an illegal address Using Site Manager you can configure IP to allow an all zero and all one subnet address Site Manager Zero Subnet Enable parameter page A 42 Enable this feature with caution it can result in an ambiguous address For example if an all zero subnet address and an all zero broadcast address are both valid the router cannot distinguish an all subnets broadcast from a directed broadcast for the zero subnet Estimating the Size of the Routing Table IP allows you to estimate the number of networks and hosts that will require an entry in the IP routing table The router uses your estimate to preallocate memory for the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocation Preallocation also makes better use of memory and reduces the amount of memory required By default the router allocates resources to support 500 network and host entries in the routing table If you have enabled ISP mode the default value is 40 000 entries You must reduce this value to an appropriate size if the sysem is running with 8 MB or 16 MB processor modules Failure to change the value will result in an out of memory error on these processors You can use Site Manager to estimate the num
260. lters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 0 0 to 65535 Specifies the AS from which the route originated the last AS in the AS path The filter will apply to updates created by any routers in this AS The value 0 means any AS Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 9 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Import Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters Any Any IGP EGP Incomplete Specifies the value of the Origin Path attribute in the Update message received Set the appropriate Import Route Origin value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 10 Import Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters Ignore Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If you set this parameter to Accept the routing information is sent to the routing tables If you select Ignore the routing information is dropped Either accept the default Ignore or select Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 5 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filter
261. m resources based on the anticipated size of the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocation Preallocation also makes better use of memory and reduces the amount of memory required Set to the number of networks including unique subnets that you expect Avoid using a number that is excessively large This will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory If you use the default value 0 IP software preallocates memory for 500 routing table entries 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 11 Estimated Hosts Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 0 0 to 2147483647 Allows the IP software to preallocate system resources based on the anticipated size of the routing table Preallocation of memory increases the speed with which IP software can learn routes because it removes the overhead caused by dynamic memory allocation Set to the number of hosts that you expect Avoid using a number that is excessively large This will cause a wasteful overallocation of memory If you use the default value 0 IP software preallocates memory for 500 routing table entries 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 13 114065 Rev A A 43 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID
262. mask in the presence of networks with variable length subnet masks Supply a mask set the Action parameter to Accept and use the default Network parameter an empty list If you specify a mask of 0 0 0 0 the router determines which mask to apply For example if the network in the update is a subnet of the same network as the receiving interface the router applies the mask of the receiving interface If the network in the update is a subnet of a different natural network the router applies the natural mask of that network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 12 OSPF Specific Accept Policy Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Any Type 1 Type 2 Any Describes which types of OSPF ASE routes match this policy To match either Type 1 or Type 2 use the default Any 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 10 B 8 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of tag values Specifies OSPF tag values that could be present in an OSPF ASE advertisement This policy applies to OSPF ASE advertisements that contain the tag values on this list Use the default empty list to indicate that this
263. ment for a particular AS Set to Disable to disable the weight assignment for this AS set to Enable if you previously disabled this weight assignment and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 2 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services BGP Event Message Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Local IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug Null An IP address Specifies a BGP peer s local address Enter 0 0 0 0 to obtain event messages about all connections to a peer with the specified local address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 2 Remote Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug Null An IP address Specifies a BGP peer s remote address Enter 0 0 0 0 to obtain event messages about all connections to peers using the specified remote address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 3 Message Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug ALL ALL DEBUG INFO WARNING FAULT TRACE Specifies the severity level of event messages required Select the default to obtain event messages of all levels 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 4 A 16 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Opti
264. mine the current status of any open case Case history data includes severity designation and telephone e mail or other logs associated with the case e Customize the listing of cases according to a variety of criteria including date severity status and case ID e Log notes to existing open cases e Create new cases for rapid efficient handling of noncritical network situations e Communicate directly via e mail with the specific technical resources assigned to your case The Bay Networks URL is http www baynetworks com Customer Service is a menu item on that home page Customer Service FTP Accessible via URL ftp support baynetworks com 134 177 3 26 this site combines and organizes support files and documentation from across the Bay Networks product suite including switching products from our Centillion and Xylogics business units Central management and sponsorship of this FTP site lets you quickly locate information on any of your Bay Networks products 114065 Rev A XXV Configuring IP Services Support Source CD This CD ROM sent quarterly to all contracted customers is a complete Bay Networks Service troubleshooting knowledge database with an intelligent text search engine The Support Source CD contains extracts from our problem tracking database information from the Bay Networks Forum on CompuServe comprehensive technical documentation such as Customer Support Bulletins Release Notes
265. ministrator allocated the upper 8 bits of the local portion to the subnet portion as follows 11111111 Assign a value of 0 to each bit in the host field The network administrator allocated the lower 8 bits of the local portion field to the host identification as follows 00000000 Convert the resulting 32 bit string 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 to dotted decimal notation as follows 255 255 255 000 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Table 1 1 shows the range of possible subnet masks for Class B and Class C addresses along with the number of bits that the mask allocates for a subnet address the number of recommended subnets associated with the mask and the number of hosts per subnet Table 1 1 Subnet Masks for Class B and Class C Addresses Number of Bits Subnet Mask subhat olend d Recommended Class B 2 255 255 192 0 2 16 382 3 255 255 224 0 6 8 190 4 255 255 240 0 14 4 094 5 255 255 248 0 30 2 046 6 255 255 252 0 62 1 022 7 255 255 254 0 126 510 8 255 255 255 0 254 254 9 255 255 255 128 510 126 10 255 255 255 192 1 022 62 11 255 255 255 224 2 046 30 12 255 255 255 240 4 094 14 13 255 255 255 248 8 190 6 14 255 255 255 252 16 382 2 Class C 2 255 255 255 192 2 62 3 255 255 255 224 6 30 4 255 255 255 240 14 14 5 255 255 255 248 30 6 6 255 255 255 252 62 2 1 6 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features
266. mit the volume of debug level messages that BGP generates and logs If you allow BGP to log all debug level events the messages that BGP generates will quickly overrun and overwrite the log file 114065 Rev A 6 25 Chapter 7 Customizing EGP Services This chapter which explains how to configure the Exterior Gateway Protocol contains the following sections e EGP Concepts and Terminology page 7 1 e Configuring EGP on the Router page 7 6 Enabling and Disabling EGP page 7 6 Supplying a Local AS Number page 7 6 Specifying the Neighbor s Address page 7 7 Specifying the Gateway Mode page 7 7 e Configuring a Neighbor page 7 6 Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship page 7 8 Selecting the Acquisition Mode page 7 8 Selecting the Poll Mode page 7 8 Setting Neighbor Timers page 7 9 EGP Concepts and Terminology EGP 2 is an exterior gateway protocol used to exchange network reachability information between routers in different autonomous systems In each AS routers share routing information using one or more interior gateway protocols for example RIP or OSPF The routers that serve as endpoints of a connection between two ASs run an exterior gateway protocol such as EGP 2 see Figure 7 1 114065 Rev A 7 1 Configuring IP Services BGP Connection
267. mizing IP Services Configuring IP on the Router When you add IP to the router IP is automatically enabled with a set of default characteristics and services You can accept the default characteristics or use the IP global parameters described in the following sections to customize IP IP runs on all slots that contain IP interfaces When you add an IP interface to a circuit Site Manager enables IP on the slot When you set IP global parameters you are affecting the way IP operates on all slots where it is configured Use Site Manager to disable and re enable IP on the router Site Manager Enable parameter page A 39 114065 Rev A 3 3 Configuring IP Services Configuring the Router for Host Only Mode By default IP forwards all packets that are not addressed to itself You can also configure IP in nonforwarding or host only mode Use the forwarding mode if you want the IP router to route forward IP traffic Forwarding configures the IP router to process all broadcast packets and all IP packets explicitly addressed to it and to route all other IP packets Select nonforwarding mode on the router if you want to provide IP management access by means of TFTP and SNMP to all active IP interfaces but also want to prohibit the IP router from forwarding IP traffic You must specify an identical IP address and mask combination for each active IP interface that will provide management access Nonforwarding mode co
268. mizing RIP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start RIP using all default values and settings For information on modifying RIP defaults see Chapter 4 2 6 114065 Rev A Starting IP Services Starting OSPF Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services The Select Protocols window opens 1 Select IP and OSPF from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Site Manager displays the IP Configuration window 2 Edit the parameters on the IP Configuration window as described in Starting IP on page 2 3 Site Manager displays the Initial OSPF Global Configuration window This window contains a subset of the parameters that you can set to configure the OSPF soloist 3 When you are finished with the Initial Global Configuration window click on OK An interface specific OSPF Area Configuration window opens 4 Enter the ID of the area to which this interface belongs By default OSPF assumes that the interface is connected to a network in the backbone area 0 0 0 0 Use Site Manager to specify an area ID Site Manager Area ID parameter page A 78 5 Click on OK The Network Type window opens 6 Specify the type of network to which this interface is connected By default OSPF assumes that the interface is connected to a
269. n an Open message to this peer Enter an AS number To specify the AS number you set with the BGP Local AS parameter use the default null 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 31 A 10 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Peer Max Update Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 800 bytes 64 to 4096 bytes Specifies the maximum size in bytes of Update messages that are sent to this peer Use the default or specify a size Note that if the size of the Update message that is used to advertise a single route is greater than the configured message size the actual message size can exceed the configured value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 32 Peer Route Echo Switch Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Enable Enable Disable Controls the way the router echoes a BGP route that is selected for forwarding Echoing in this case means advertising the route back to the peer from which it was received If this parameter is enabled the router advertises the route back as reachable and includes the local AS If this parameter is disabled the router echoes the route as UNREACHABLE withdrawn If the peer router saves routes that contain its own AS number and is running short of memory send an UNREACHAB
270. n choose none one or all of the options Horizontal and vertical ellipsis points indicate omitted information Indicates variable values in command syntax descriptions new terms file and directory names and book titles Indicate the title of a chapter or section within a book Indicates data that appears on the screen Example Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters Separates menu and option names in instructions and internal pin to pin wire connections Example Protocols gt AppleTalk identifies the AppleTalk option in the Protocols menu Example Pin 7 gt 19 gt 20 Indicates that you enter only one of the parts of the command The vertical line separates choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show at routes nets you enter either show at routes or show at nets but not both XX 114065 Rev A Acronyms AUI BootP BRI CCITT CSMA CD DLCMI GUI HDLC IP ISDN ISO ITU T LAN MAC MAU MDI X NBMA OSI OSPF PPP RIP SMDS SNMP STP TCP IP TELNET TFTP TPE UTP WAN About This Guide Attachment Unit Interface Bootstrap Protocol Basic Rate Interface International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee now ITU T carrier sense multiple access with collision detection Data Link Control Management Interface graphical user interface high level data link control Internet Protocol Integrated Services Digit
271. n the interfaces involved BGP will not operate with an IP router in nonforwarding host only mode Make sure that the routers you want BGP to operate with are in forwarding mode If you are using BGP for a multihomed AS one that contains more than one exit point we strongly encourage you to use OSPF for your IGP and BGP for your sole exterior gateway protocol or use intra AS IBGP routing If OSPF is the IGP you should also use the default OSPF tag construction Using EGP or modifying the OSPF tags makes network administration and proper construction of BGP path attributes more difficult For any router supporting both BGP and OSPF the OSPF router ID and the BGP identifier must be the same 6 8 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Configuring BGP on the Router The following sections describe settings that affect the way BGP runs on the router Enabling and Disabling BGP When you start BGP on the router BGP is automatically enabled for both BGP 3 and BGP 4 peer to peer connections You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable BGP on the router You can also use Site Manager to disable and re enable BGP 3 and BGP 4 Site Manager BGP Enable parameter page A 2 Site Manager Enable parameter page A 5 BGP 3 Site Manager Enable parameter page A 6 BGP 4 Supplying a BGP Identifier The BGP identifier is the IP address of an interface on this router There is no default for this parameter Y
272. nager Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Hello Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors 60 seconds 30 to 120 seconds Specifies the number of seconds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Hello message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 t1 timer Accept the default value of 60 seconds for this parameter or set it to some value between 30 and 120 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 9 Poll Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors 180 seconds 120 to 480 seconds Specifies the time period in seconds between the local EGP neighbor s EGP Poll message retransmissions This variable represents the RFC 904 T2 timer Either accept the default value of 180 seconds for this parameter or set it to some value between 120 and 480 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 10 114065 Rev A A 21 Configuring IP Services IP Parameters IP Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID IP Address Select IP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK None 0 0 0 0 or any valid IP address Assigns a 32 bit IP address to the interface Enter the IP
273. nected to Router B wishes to communicate with Server S which is located on the network connected to Router A 1 The client issues a Name Query Request to NetBIOS on the host specifying the server application by its NetBIOS name The IP service on the host broadcasts the Name Query Request 2 Router B receives the Name Query Request determines that it is a broadcast message and rebroadcasts it out each of its NetBIOS interfaces except for the one on which it arrived Router A receives the broadcast Request and rebroadcasts to its local network 4 The server on Router A receives the IP broadcast Request and recognizes its own name Router A Router B Router C 5 gt Router D Key Client Server HB NetBiOS IP Interface IP0033A Figure 8 2 Broadcasting a Name Query Request 8 4 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP The server responds to the Name Query Request by issuing a Positive Name Query Response containing the IP address of the server to NetBIOS on the host The following steps occur Figure 8 3 1 NetBIOS sends the Response to Router A as a unicast message 2 Router A and Router B forward the unicast Response to the awaiting client Now that the client has obtained the server s IP address from the Name Query Response client and server can communicate by exchanging IP messages Router A l
274. nfiguration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether or not the IP router floods ASB datagrams it receives out this interface An ASB datagram has a destination address equal to the broadcast address for an entire network all subnets For example if a network interface serves the subnet 128 10 2 1 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 the IP router considers any datagram with a destination address of 128 10 255 255 or 128 10 0 0 to be an ASB datagram Specify On if you want the IP router to flood ASBs out this interface specify Off to restrict the router from flooding ASBs out this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 12 Address Resolution Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces ARP ARP X 25_DDN X 25_ PDN INARP ARPINARP NONE X 25 BFEDDN PROBE ARPPROBE Indicates the address resolution scheme for this interface The default option ARP enables ARP on this interface The option INARP Inverse ARP enables the address resolution for Frame Relay interfaces It is used to discover the IP address of the station at the remote end of the virtual circuit The PROBE option enables HP Probe for Ethernet interfaces Depending on your network requirements select INARP only when all Frame Relay stations support Inverse ARP Select ARPINARP for your Frame Relay interfaces ARPINARP enables both ARP and Inverse ARP Select X 25 DDN for your X 25 DDN interfaces Select X 2
275. nfigures the IP router to act as an IP host it does not forward IP traffic but it still processes packets explicitly addressed to it In Not Forwarding mode only static routes and adjacent host routes are allowed No routing protocols are initiated Because the IP router does not forward IP traffic in Not Forwarding mode you must configure the router to bridge IP traffic not explicitly addressed to it You must configure the bridge for each circuit that conveys IP datagrams The bridge will then forward all IP datagrams that are not explicitly addressed to the router You can use Site Manager to select nonforwarding host only mode Site Manager Forwarding parameter page A 39 Table 3 1 and Table 3 2 show valid and invalid configurations for source route bridges and learning bridges Each configuration is expressed as source device gt medium gt destination device For example Bay gt Eth gt Bay source device is a Bay Networks router the medium is Ethernet and the destination device is a Bay Networks router 3 4 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services A more complex configuration is expressed as source device gt medium gt intermediate device gt medium gt destination device For example Bay gt Token gt Bay gt Token gt ES source device is a Bay Networks router the first medium is a Token Ring network the intermediate device is a Bay Networks router the second medium is another Tok
276. nformation between routers in different autonomous systems An IGP such as RIP or OSPF is used within an AS to facilitate the communication of routing information within the autonomous system The routers that serve as the end points of a connection between two autonomous systems run an exterior gateway protocol such as EGP 2 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features Routers establish EGP neighbor relationships in order to periodically exchange reliable network reachability information The router uses this information to maintain a list of gateways the networks the gateways can reach and the corresponding distances Route Preferences The IP router maintains an internal routing table When determining how to forward a datagram the IP router consults the table to determine the specific route a datagram should take A routing table can contain direct routes for the IP router s network interfaces static routes and the routes learned from RIP OSPF BGP and or EGP if enabled information about adjacent hosts is maintained in a separate table It is possible for a routing table to contain multiple routes to the same destination In such a situation IP uses among other information a preference value to determine which route to select Preference values range from 1 to 16 the higher the number the greater the preference By default RIP BGP EGP and OSPF external routes have a preference value of 1 Static rout
277. njection List Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies Default An empty list Options A list of network identifiers Function Specifies network IDs to be included in the routing table in place of the network IDs listed in the received advertisement Instructions Specify a non null value only if the Action parameter is set to Accept The values you enter in the injection list determine the action taken If you supply a list of network IDs these IDs are injected into the routing table instead of the actual received IDs If you use the default an empty list the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual received network IDs are injected into the routing table along with the other IDs in the injection list This allows insertion of an aggregate or default along with the actual network In the current release the only valid network ID that you can include in an injection list is the default ID 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 This parameter replaces the received routes with the default route and places the default route in the routing table This parameter associates the default route with the attributes of the best route that matches the policy If you are constructing a BGP 3 or BGP 4 accept policy keep in mind that the Injection List parameter does not perform route aggregation
278. nomous System 2 Router 3 EN Autonomous System 3 i TL Router 6 IPOOO6A Figure 1 2 Internet Segmented into Three Autonomous Systems Routing Information Protocol RIP The Routing Information Protocol RIP is a distance vector protocol that enables routers in the same autonomous system to exchange routing information by means of periodic RIP updates Routers transmit their own RIP updates to neighboring networks and listen for RIP updates from the routers on those neighboring networks Routers use the information in the RIP updates to keep their internal routing tables current For RIP the best path to a destination is the shortest path the path with the fewest hops RIP computes distance as a metric usually the number of hops or routers from the origin network to the target network 114065 Rev A 1 9 Configuring IP Services Open Shortest Path First OSPF Protocol The Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol is an interior gateway protocol IGP intended for use in large net
279. not list directories and provides no authentication 3 36 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services TFTP runs on top of the User Datagram Protocol UDP and uses timeout and retransmission to ensure that data arrives Each file transfer begins with a request to read or write to a file this request also serves to ask for a connection If the server grants the request the connection is opened and the file is sent in fixed length blocks data packets of 512 bytes Each data packet contains one block of data and must be acknowledged by an acknowledgment packet before the next packet is sent A data packet of less than 512 bytes terminates the transfer If a packet gets lost in the network the intended recipient will time out and may retransmit its last packet which can be data or an acknowledgment causing the sender of the lost packet to retransmit the packet Because the lock step acknowledgment guarantees that all older packets have been received the sender keeps one packet only on hand for transmission Both devices involved in a TFTP transfer are senders and receivers One device sends data and receives acknowledgments the other device sends acknowledgments and receives data The IP router includes a client and server implementation of TFTP enabling the router to transmit and receive files across an Internet You can use Site Manager to specify the operating characteristics of TFTP on the router Site Manager Enable param
280. ns the route weight value calculated for a BGP route To determine the preferable route the internal router compares the Type 2 metrics the EGP route weight and the BGP route weight The internal router selects the BGP route the route with the lower weight 5 26 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services OSPF AS Internal z Router i gt x i E x ASE Routes Ay E Ere Menm Boundary s sss0005 Boundary Router A Router B EGP Route to BGP Route to Destination X Destination X IPOOI9A Figure 5 4 OSPF ASE Routes By default an OSPF boundary router generates a Type 2 metric for BGP EGP or RIP routes For routes from all other sources the boundary router generates a Type 1 metric Using Site Manager you can configure a boundary router to use the route weight as the OSPF metric Site Manager ASE Metric Support parameter page A 75 114065 Rev A 5 27 Configuring IP Services Note The route weight value will appear to be greater than the route s original metric For this reason all routers advertising a particular network must use the same metric type Type 1 or Type 2 If not the router that receives the advertisements may choose the wrong route Using the External Route Tag in an ASE An OSPF AS external route advertisement includes an external route tag field This field allo
281. nstructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas Enable Enable Disable Allows you to enable and disable this area This parameter is useful if you want to temporarily disable an area rather than delete it Set this parameter to Disable if you want to disable this area Set this parameter to Enable if you previously disabled the area and now want to re enable it This will cause OSPF to restart 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 2 114065 Rev A A 85 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Authentication Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas None None Simplepassword Enables or disables password authentication for the area If you select Simplepassword enabling password authentication only those routers that share the correct password will be able to communicate with each other If you accept the default None password authentication is disabled for this area Either accept the default value None to disable password authentication or select Simplepassword to enable password authentication 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 5 Import AS Extern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Areas Yes Yes No Indicates whether or not this area imports AS externa
282. nterface Setting the Retransmit Interval The retransmit interval is the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface Each type of network has an optimum retransmit interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network we suggest you use the default setting 5 seconds We suggest the following settings for network types supported by OSPF Network Type Suggesied Retransmit Interval Broadcast 5 seconds default Point to point 10 seconds NBMA 10 seconds Point to 10 seconds multipoint You can use Site Manager to specify a retransmit interval Site Manager Retransmit Interval parameter page A 80 114065 Rev A 5 19 Configuring IP Services Setting the Hello Interval The hello interval specifies how often the router sends hello messages on the interface By default OSPF transmits a hello message every 10 seconds Each type of network has an optimum hello interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network we suggest you use the default setting 10 seconds We suggest the following settings for network types supported by OSPF Network Type Suggested Hello Interval Broadcast 10 seconds default Point to point 15 seconds NBMA 20 seconds Point to multipoint 15 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a hello interval Note This value must be the same for all routers attached to the
283. o removes the route from the forwarding tables thus ensuring that invalid routing information is not retained in interface specific caches An interface that receives packets that are destined for a large number of different destinations may benefit from a larger forwarding table The larger the number of entries the more likely it is that the destination will already be in the forwarding table and the faster the route lookups will be for those destinations Keep in mind that configuring a forwarding table size that is larger than necessary reduces the total amount of memory usable by other applications Configuring a routing table too small can affect overall router performance A check of the number of cache hits and misses will help determine the optimal size of the forwarding table For debugging purposes if you see the wilIpInterfaceCacheMisses statistic going up at a rapid rate you should consider increasing the table size However an occasional cache miss does not warrant an increase in table size 114065 Rev A 3 25 Configuring IP Services You can use Site Manager to control the number of destinations that are cached in the forwarding table on this receiving interface Site Manager Max Forwarding Table Size parameter page A 35 Configuring an Interface for an ATM Logical IP Subnet RFC 1577 Classical IP and ARP over ATM is a specification for an administrative entity within an ATM network called a logic
284. ode the Site Manager automatically configures EGP export route filters on that IP interface This is done to suppress OSPF external routes to EGP and the advertisement of any networks learned by EGP You can use Site Manager to specify the gateway mode of this EGP neighbor Site Manager Gateway Mode parameter page A 19 If you choose Non Core the AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a stub AS That is it will only advertise networks that reside within the AS 114065 Rev A 7 7 Configuring IP Services Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship When you establish a neighbor to neighbor relationship on an interface the relationship is automatically enabled You can use Site Manager to temporarily disable this neighbor relationship rather than delete it Site Manager Enable parameter page A 20 Selecting the Acquisition Mode In an EGP neighbor relationship one router is the active neighbor and the other router is the passive neighbor The router in the active mode is the initiator By default EGP assumes that the remote router is the passive neighbor You can use Site Manager to identify the remote router as the active neighbor Site Manager Acquisition Mode parameter page A 20 Selecting the Poll Mode The type of neighbor reachability algorithm executed by the local EGP neighbor is called the poll mode There are two poll modes active and passive In the active
285. of a tie the protocol uses an internal index value assigned to the policy by IP software In general the index value is indicated by the position of the policy in the Site Manager display the last policy in the display has the highest index value Use this parameter to assign precedence to policies that match the same route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 7 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 7 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 7 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 7 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 7 B 24 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Route Source Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Any Any Direct Static RIP OSPF not valid for OSPF EGP BGP Specifies one or more route source identifiers If you select a route source ID a route from that source that meets the other criteria of
286. ollowing RISPO conditions must be met e The datagram must be labeled e The security classification value in the datagram s label must be within the security level range configured for the interface e The authority flags in the datagram s label must include all of the flags required for the interface and cannot contain any flags not allowed for the interface The router drops any datagrams that do not meet these requirements and generates an ICMP error message On anon RIPSO interface the router only accepts unlabeled IP datagrams and IP datagrams that are labeled as Unclassified with no authority flags set 114065 Rev A 3 41 Configuring IP Services Forwarded IP Datagrams When the router receives an IP datagram that needs forwarding on a RIPSO interface the router compares the security classifications and authority values specified in the security label with those configured on the outbound interface So before forwarding the datagram the router e Checks that all RIPSO conditions are met see preceding section e Applies any outbound specific configuration parameters The router drops any datagrams that do not meet these requirements and generates an ICMP error message Originated IP Datagrams When the router originates a datagram and the following conditions are true e The datagram needs forwarding through a RIPSO interface e The RIPSO interface requires outbound labels for originated datagrams the route
287. on Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 7 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 7 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 Weight Value 8 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights 8 1 to 15 plus the infinity value of 16 Specifies the Class 8 weight value to add to this AS This weight value is added to the other AS weight values in a route to determine the preference of the route and aid in route selection Either accept the current AS weight value or enter a new value Any route that traverses an AS with an AS weight of 16 infinity will not be used 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 3 1 5 A 14 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Weights Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a weight assign
288. oned Reverse A 96 Index 6 114065 Rev A RIP Listen A 95 RIP Mode A 98 RIP Supply A 94 Time to Live A 97 Timeout Timer A 97 Triggered Update A 99 RIPSO example of 3 43 network example 3 44 Router Discovery definition of 3 46 parameters Broadcast Type A 64 Enable A 64 Interface Pref A 65 Lifetime A 65 Maximum Interval A 65 Minimum Interval A 64 S security label format 3 39 split horizon RIP updates 4 3 starting BGP 2 9 EGP 2 12 IP 2 3 NetBIOS 2 13 OSPF 2 7 RIP 2 5 static black hole routes configuring A 48 A 49 definition of 3 46 static routes definition of 3 45 subnet mask function of 1 4 specifying 1 4 subnets definition of 1 4 summary route OSPF 5 34 supernets definition of 1 7 Index Support Source CD xxvi T TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol 3 36 timers configuring for RIP 4 9 Token Ring networks ARP requests 3 22 token ring networks using IP over 3 22 Trivial File Transfer Protocol function of 3 36 U unnumbered interface definition of 2 16 update mode RIP 4 2 V virtual link OSPF 5 32 W weight definition of 1 11 World Wide Web Bay Networks home page on XXV 114065 Rev A Index 7
289. ons Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Message Trace Switch Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Debug DISABLE DISABLE OPEN UPDATE NOTIFICATION KEEPALIVE Specifies whether or not BGP messages on the specified connection are logged and if so which messages are logged Use the default or select a BGP message type 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 5 1 5 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services EGP Parameters EGP Global Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP Enable Enable Disable This parameter allows you to globally enable or disable EGP on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable EGP for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled EGP and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 1 2 Local Autonomous System ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP None 1 to 65535 Identifies the local autonomous system the AS to which this router belongs by the NIC assigned decimal number There is no default for this parameter Either accept the current value for this parameter or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 1 7 A 18 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters EGP Neighbor Paramete
290. or a Summary Route Border routers generate summary advertisements for their attached areas Each summary advertisement specifies a range of destinations in an area An area range specification consists of a network address and a variable length mask For example a summary advertisement for the destination 140 191 0 0 with a mask of 255 255 0 0 describes a single route to the collection of destinations 140 191 0 0 to 140 191 255 255 When a packet is forwarded it is always forwarded to the network that is the best longest or most specific match for the packet s destination An address range is associated with an interface to an area You can use Site Manager to define a range for an area Site Manager Range Net parameter page A 88 Site Manager Range Mask parameter page A 88 Configuring Border Services for a Stub A stub area does not import ASEs and may or may not import internal route summaries In place of routes to destinations outside the stub a border router connected to a stub injects a default route advertisement When an internal router encounters a datagram addressed to a destination outside the stub the router forwards it to the border router specified in the default route advertisement 5 34 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Assume for example that the stub area in Figure 5 1 has been configured to import no internal or external routing information Border router 8 receives ASEs and in
291. orks Note If you set this parameter to NBMA you need to configure neighbors manually Site Manager Type parameter page A 79 A broadcast network supports multiple routers and can address a single physical message to all attached routers Examples of such a network are Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring A nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA network supports multiple routers and cannot address a single physical message to all routers Examples of such a network are Frame Relay and X 25 A point to point network joins a single pair of OSPF routers An example of such a network would be a network of synchronous lines 114065 Rev A 5 15 Configuring IP Services A point to multipoint network supports multiple routers in a partial mesh configuration Bay Networks supports the standard OSPF point to multipoint interface and also provides a proprietary point to multipoint solution for routers running OSPF in star Frame Relay topologies Figure 5 2 for example shows a point to multipoint topology in which four AN routers are connected by Frame Relay links to a BCN router The AN routers are the spokes of the topology and the BCN router is the hub All of the routers are running OSPF The BCN router is connected to the Frame Relay network over a permanent virtual circuit PVC in group mode The AN routers are connected over PVCs in direct or group mode For details on Frame Relay see Configuring Frame Relay S
292. otocols Each interface connects the router to one or more IP networks For example the router in Figure 3 1 is configured with three IP interfaces One of these interfaces is a point to point interface that connects the router to a single long haul medium terminated by a host or another router The other two interfaces are LAN interfaces that connect the router to an Ethernet or FDDI local area medium An IP interface can provide access to multiple networks For example in Figure 3 1 LAN interface 1 provides a connection to both LAN B and LAN C Point to Point Interface LAN Interface 1 Router LAN Interface 2 Host Host A B IPOOO8A Figure 3 1 IP Interface 114065 Rev A 3 13 Configuring IP Services You associate a network with an interface by assigning the network s unique IP address to the circuit on which the interface is configured You can use Site Manager to assign an IP address and subnet mask to an interface Site Manager IP Address parameter page A 22 Site Manager Subnet Mask parameter page A 22 When you add IP to an interface IP is automatically enabled on that interface You can use Site Manager to disable IP on the interface Site Manager Enable parameter page A 24 Note When you reconfigure an interface in dynamic mode IP restarts on that interface Thus if the interface you reconfigure is the interfac
293. ou must supply a BGP ID using the IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces You can use Site Manager to supply a BGP identifier for the router Site Manager BGP Identifier parameter page A 2 114065 Rev A 6 9 Configuring IP Services Identifying the Local AS Each autonomous system in the internet has a unique AS ID You can use Site Manager to supply the ID of the AS in which the BGP router is located Note If both BGP and OSPF are running on the router then the OSPF router ID must be equivalent to one of the configured IP interfaces Site Manager BGP Local AS parameter page A 2 Configuring BGP for Intra AS Routing By default BGP supports IBGP intra AS sessions See Interior BGP in Intra AS Routing on page 6 3 You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable the feature Site Manager BGP Intra AS parameter page A 3 If IBGP is enabled you can use Site Manager to specify the types of routes that BGP advertises in IBGP sessions By default BGP propagates only routes learned from external BGP peers Site Manager BGP From Protocols parameter page A 3 A BGP transit AS should use IBGP intra AS routing A stub or multihomed AS usually does not use IBGP routing 6 10 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Setting the Interval Timer BGP injects external BGP routes into the routing table The default minimum interval between inje
294. packets For example if you have set the IP address to 123 1 1 1 and the subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 accepting the default value 0 0 0 0 configures the IP router to use the address 123 1 1 255 to broadcast packets For the explicit broadcast address of all 1s enter 255 255 255 255 for this parameter Accept the default 0 0 0 0 unless the calculated broadcast address host portion of all 1s is not adequate If this is the case then enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 9 Interface Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 1 1 to the value of the RIP diameter maximum 127 Sets the cost of this interface The interface cost is added to routes learned on this interface through RIP and is specified in subsequent RIP packets transmitted out other interfaces Enter the interface cost value standard RIP implementation assigns a cost of 1 however keep in mind that increasing this value causes the upper bound set by the RIP Network Diameter parameter to be attained more rapidly 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 8 114065 Rev A A 25 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MTU Discovery Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Off On Off Specifies whether the R
295. pdate getting off the local network and being forwarded around the network Certain RIP implementations ignore packets with a TTL value of 1 hop Use this parameter to provide interoperability with such implementations You can use Site Manager to specify a TTL value greater than 1 Site Manager Time to Live parameter page A 97 Receiving RIP Updates on an Interface By default RIP listens for routing updates on every interface on which it is enabled and stores the route in the routing table You can use Site Manager to disable this feature Site Manager RIP Listen parameter page A 95 114065 Rev A 4 5 Configuring IP Services Authenticating the Password on a Version 2 Update By default RIP running in RIP Version 2 mode does not authenticate the password on incoming updates RIP checks for the presence of a password e Ifno password is present RIP accepts the update e Ifa password is present RIP drops the update With authentication enabled RIP drops all received Version 1 updates and processes only Version 2 updates in the following manner e Ifno password is present in the Version 2 update RIP drops the update e Ifa password is present in the Version 2 update and that password is valid RIP accepts the update e Ifthe password is invalid RIP drops the update Using Site Manager you can configure a RIP interface for authentication and enable password checking If you conf
296. pe x LSID x x x x SELF ORIGIN router x x x x LSA RECEIPT T5 Received new LSA type x LSID x x x x router x x x x neighbor x x x x ROUTE T6 Routing Table changed type x destination CHANGE X X X X Old xX xX xX x new xK xX x x BAD LS R4 Ack received for non existent LSA type x LSID x x x x neighbor x x x x LESS RECENT C3 Packet Rejected LS UPDATE LESS RECENT RX LSA xX src X X x x type x ls_id x x x x adv_rtr X X X X ls_seq x ls_age x db_seq x db_age x laps x freeme x ackcnt x nbr_retrans x nbrEcnt x Fent x MORE RECENT R3 Received more recent self originated LSA LSA type x LSID x x x x router x x x x neighbor AG Nie MAX AGE LSA N3 LSA of MaxAge flushed type x LSID x x x x router x x x x 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Configuring OSPF for Equal Cost Multipath Routing By default the IP routing table contains a single best OSPF route to a given destination If OSPF submits another route to the same destination IP compares the new route with the current route If the new route is better IP replaces the current route with the existing new route If not IP discards the new route If you have enabled equal cost multipath support on the router IP can store multiple equal cost best routes in the routing table When OSPF submits a route to a destination one of the following events occurs e IP determines that the current route to that destination is better than the new ro
297. plies accept and announce policies to routing information differs in several ways from the procedure shown in Figure 1 4 OSPF link state advertisements LSAs are received and placed in the link state database LSDB of the router The information in the LSDB is also propagated to other routers in the OSPF routing domain According to the OSPF standard all routers in a given area must maintain a similar database To maintain database integrity across the network a router must not manipulate received LSAs before propagating them on to other routers To accomplish this OSPF accept and announce policies act in the following manner OSPF accept policies control which OSPF non self originated external routing information is passed to the routing table manager The accept policies control only what the local router uses they do not affect the propagation of OSPF internal and OSPF non self originated external information to other routers OSPF announce policies control which self originated external routing updates are placed into the LSDB for distribution according to the OSPF standard OSPF announce policies affect what other routers learn but only with regard to the local router s self originated information IP accept and announce policies and policy parameters are described in Appendix B IP import and export filters and filter parameters are described in Appendix C 114065 Rev A IP Concepts Terminology and Features IP Traffic
298. programs or if you have questions on program features use the following numbers Region Telephone Number Fax Number United States and 1 800 2LANWAN enter Express Routing 508 670 8766 Canada Code ERC 290 when prompted 508 436 8880 direct Europe 33 92 968 300 33 92 968 301 Asia Pacific Region 612 9927 8800 612 9927 8811 Latin America 407 997 1713 407 997 1714 In addition you can receive information on support programs from your local Bay Networks field sales office or purchase Bay Networks support directly from your authorized partner xxiv 114065 Rev A Technical Support and Online Services Bay Networks Information Services Bay Networks Information Services provide up to date support information as a first line resource for network administration expansion and maintenance This information is available from a variety of sources World Wide Web The Bay Networks Customer Support Web Server offers a diverse library of technical documents software agents and other important technical information to Bay Networks customers and partners A special benefit for contracted customers and resellers is the ability to access the Web Server to perform Case Management This feature enables your support staff to interact directly with the network experts in our worldwide Technical Response Centers A registered contact with a valid Site ID can e View a listing of support cases and deter
299. r labels the datagram with the default security label before transmitting it Unlabeled IP Datagrams If the router receives an unlabeled IP datagram from an interface on which RIPSO is not enabled or on which labels are not required for inbound datagrams and the IP datagram needs forwarding to an interface on which RIPSO is enabled and labels are required for outbound datagrams then the router labels the datagram using either an implicit label or default label as follows e Ifthe inbound interface has an implicit label configured then the router uses it to label the datagram e Ifthe inbound interface does not have an implicit label configured then the router labels the datagram with the default label configured for the outbound interface If the interface does not have an implicit or default label configured then the datagram is simply dropped 3 42 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services RIPSO Example The router in Figure 3 7 has RIPSO configured on all three IP interfaces The security ranges specified for each interface vary as shown For simplicity this example assumes that none of the interfaces requires any authority flags on inbound and outbound traffic but any flags that are present are acceptable When host 1 1 0 1 broadcasts an all subnets broadcast IP datagram with the security level classification set to Secret the router compares the datagram s classification with the range configured on inbound inte
300. r more routers that could send RIP updates to this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements from routers on this list Applicable only for RIP sourced routes and if RIP is included as a route source Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to RIP updates from any router RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 11 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 11 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 11 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 11 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 11 114065 Rev A B 27 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Received on RIP Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one or more interfaces on this router This policy applies to RIP advertisements received on the interfaces in this
301. r to Peer Connection page 6 16 Negotiating the BGP Version page 6 17 e Designing a Route Selection Strategy page 6 21 Assigning AS Weight and Class Values page 6 21 Configuring Routing Policies page 6 22 e OSPF BGP Interaction page 6 25 e Configuring BGP Message Logging page 6 25 114065 Rev A 6 1 Configuring IP Services BGP Concepts and Terminology BGP is an exterior gateway protocol designed to exchange network reachability information with other BGP systems in other autonomous systems BGP exchanges routing information in the form of routing updates An update includes a network number a list of autonomous systems that the routing information has passed through the AS path and a list of other path attributes Figure 6 1 shows two autonomous systems AS1 and AS2 Networks within AS1 and AS2 are connected by routers running an interior gateway protocol in this case OSPF AS1 and AS2 are connected by routers that run an exterior gateway protocol BGP in addition to OSPF AS1 AS2 BGP Connection IP00025A Figure 6 1 BGP Connecting Autonomous Systems Running OSPF A BGP router employs a BGP speaker which is an entity within the router that transmits and receives BGP messages and acts upon them A BGP speaker fo
302. ration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters RIP Any RIP EGP OSPF Direct static BGP 3 Identifies the source of the routing information direct connection static route or RIP EGP OSPF or BGP 3 derived route Select the appropriate option 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 5 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Controls the flow of routing information If you set this parameter to Propagate this route is advertised If you set this parameter to Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 11 1 6 Type Configuration Manager gt
303. rded Originated All Specifies which type of outbound datagrams require IP security labels Select None the router forwards unlabeled IP datagrams unchanged on this interface In addition those IP datagrams that it originates and transmits do not require labels Select Forwarded the router requires all IP datagrams it forwards on this interface not those it originates to contain basic IP security options If the datagram already contains an IP security label the router forwards the datagram unchanged If the datagram is unlabeled the router adds the implicit or default label to the datagram before forwarding it Select Originated the router specifies basic IP security options for all IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface The router adds the default label to IP datagrams it originates and transmits on this interface Select All the router requires all datagrams both those that it forwards and those it originates on this interface to contain basic IP security options It supplies the implicit or default label for those datagrams that do not already contain one If you set this parameter to Originated or All then you must enable the Default Label and Error Label parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 78 Require In Security Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces All None All Specifies which type of incoming IP datagram requires security labels Select None the router does not require
304. re Select a maximum security level for this interface The maximum level must be greater than or equal to the minimum level 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 81 114065 Rev A A 57 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Must Out Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags must be set in the protection authority field of all outbound datagrams Select all of those authority flags that the router must set in all outbound IP datagrams it transmits on this interface If you do not select any authority flags the default setting the router does not set any protection authority flags in outbound IP datagrams 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 82 May Out Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces ANY ANY GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of all outbound datagrams The authorities you specify here must be a superset of the authorities you specify for the Must Out Authority parameter The default setting specifies that any of the authority flags may be set Either accept the default setting or reset and select only those authori
305. reater the preference To indicate maximum preference enter 16 This parameter is valid only if the Action parameter is set for Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 17 AS Weight Class Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies Weight Class 1 Weight Class 1 to Weight Class 8 Indicates which weight class value should be used when calculating the AS path weight Enter a valid BGP 4 weight class Valid only if the Action parameter is set for Accept 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 18 B 18 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies AS Pattern Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies Empty string Any regular expression or empty string Allows AS_PATH pattern matching Enter a valid regular expression to indicate an AS and its position in a path The policy applies to all routes whose AS path includes the AS in that position For example the expression 200 means that the policy applies to all routes whose AS_PATH attribute contains AS 200 as the last AS in the path 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 19 Community Match Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of BGP communities
306. reement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 68 WAN Multicast 2 Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 0 Any decimal number Provides a multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF designated routers in a Frame Relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF designated routers This parameter has meaning only if OSPF has been added to this interface Enter the multicast address for all OSPF designated routers as provided by the Frame Relay subscription agreement 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 69 114065 Rev A A 33 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Slot Mask Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Slot mask bit set to 1 enabling circuitless IP interface support for every router slot running IP For each slot in the router Site Manager allows you to set the slot mask bit to 1 circuitless IP interface support enabled or O circuitless IP interface support disabled Specifies whether circuitless IP interface support is enabled or disabled on each slot in the router If you have configured a circuitless IP interface and do not wish it to run on certain slots set the slot mask bit to 0 on those slots Be certain to keep the slot mask bit set to 1 on at least one slot running IP otherwi
307. rface 1 1 0 2 Because Secret is within the range configured on the interface the router accepts the datagram In order to forward the datagram the router does the following e Compares the datagram s security level Secret to the security level ranges configured on interface 1 2 0 2 and 1 3 0 2 e Forwards the datagram on interface 1 2 0 2 because Secret is within the security range configured on the interface e Does not forward the datagram on interface 1 3 0 2 because Secret is outside of the security range configured on the interface 114065 Rev A 3 43 Configuring IP Services Interface Min Security Classification Unclassified Max Security Classification Top secret Secret Top secret Top secret Top secret Forward outbound datagram Yes IP Datagram Secret IP Data 1 1 0 1 a a Accept inbound datagram Yes Y 1 0 2 1 2 0 2 1 3 0 2 Forward outbound datagram No Figure 3 7 RIPSO Network IP0014A 3 44 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Defining a Static Route A static route is a manually configured route that specifies the transmission path a datagram must follow based on the datagram s destination address A static route specifies a transmission path to another network You configure a static route if you
308. rface for each star rather than one interface for each PVC This reduces the demand for resources on the router Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess Network The router priority value is used in multiaccess networks Broadcast NBMA or point to multipoint to elect the designated router A router with a priority of 0 is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network By default each OSPF interface has a router priority of 1 You can use Site Manager to e Specify a priority value for the interface e Make the router ineligible to be a designated router on this interface Site Manager Rtr Priority parameter page A 79 114065 Rev A 5 17 Configuring IP Services In the case of equal router priority values the router ID will determine which router will become the designated router However if there already is a designated router on the network when you start this router it will remain the designated router no matter what your priority or router ID Estimating the Transit Delay By default OSPF estimates that it takes one second to transmit a link state update packet over this interface You can use Site Manager to supply a different transit delay estimate Site Manager Transit Delay parameter page A 80 5 18 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Configuring Interface Timers The following sections describe the timers that you can set on each OSPF i
309. ride Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Local Pref Override False False True Indicates whether or not you are supplying an override value for the Local Preference path attribute in the routing Update message The Local Pref attribute is valid only in an Update advertised to an IBGP peer If you select False the router uses the IP route weight value to calculate the LOCAL_PREF path attribute To override the Local Preference attribute select True and supply a value for the Local Preference Value parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 28 B 50 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Local Preference Value Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Null Null or a route weight value Specifies an override value for the Local Preference attribute Enter a value and set the Local Preference Override parameter to True 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 29 Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies Null An IP address Overrides the Next Hop path attribute with the IP address you specify To allow the ex
310. rity flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies the authority flags that the router uses when it supplies default security labels to unlabeled outbound IP datagrams Select those authority flags that the router should set when it supplies default security labels The set of authority flags you specify must include the set of authority flags specified for the Must Out Authority parameter and cannot include any of the flags you did not specify for the May Out Authority parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 90 Default Level Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Unclassified Unclassified Confidential Secret Top Secret Specifies the security level that the router sets when it supplies default security labels to unlabeled outbound IP datagrams Specify a default level within the range specified by the Min Level and Max Level parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 91 A 62 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Error Label Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable If you select Enable the router uses the Error Authority and Min Level fields to create an error label The router supplies the error label to outbound ICMP error datagrams
311. rms a neighbor relationship with another BGP speaker by establishing a peer to peer session over a common inter AS network 6 2 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services An autonomous system can include one or more BGP speakers that provide external route information for the networks within the AS An AS containing a single BGP speaker with a single external BGP connection is a stub AS The BGP speaker is providing external route information for the networks contained within its AS only Bay Networks supports two versions of the Border Gateway Protocol BGP 3 and BGP 4 e BGP 3 assumes that each advertised network is a natural class network A B or C based on its high order bits BGP 3 cannot advertise subnets or supernets e BGP 4 has no concept of address classes Each network listed in the Network Layer Reachability Information NLRI portion of an Update message contains a prefix length field which describes the length of the mask associated with the network This allows for both supernet and subnet advertisement The supernet advertisement is what makes classless interdomain routing CIDR deployment possible Interior BGP in Intra AS Routing Bay Networks implements Interior BGP IBGP intra AS routing Under IBGP each router in the AS runs an IGP for internal routing updates and also maintains an IBGP connection to each BGP border router The IBGP information is used in conjunction with the IGP route to the authoring BGP
312. rr rer tre reerere aa C 17 LE G1 getty erecta erate A aye eM Cer min trerer rr een Tr orers err ye C 21 BGP IMPOR PINGS ccccuctessvorceansiaeeticriuaeess E E A N A E E TE kis C 21 EGP Epon MIE aroue NAER C 24 Appendix D Route Weight Worksheet Appendix E IP OSPF Configuration Index xiv 114065 Rev A Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 7 1 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure E 1 114065 Rev A Figures Network and Host Portions of IP Addresses c cceeceeeeeeeeeeseeteeeeneeees 1 3 Internet Segmented into Three Autonomous Systems n 1 9 IP Routing TIS sisia a ar AOR aSa riaa 1 14 Accepi and Announce PolidiaS narusta 1 15 FPP NR E nA 3 13 MUMS CONMMGUPRUGIN grinzi cst Reais 3 15 IP Routers Source Routing across a Token Ring Network assesses 3 23 ARF a ONS rno ga scadancecSetiznsantesad R mat igastceaedentatnanns 3 27 FOR ARP ea IO aia socceserainccnesiaancecaniteaneceneaadecdsdvandoneiiateeaqaianties 3 31 PU LIDET i wee tastes Ad sneer aeeiiaii daa adanida 3 39 PUP SO MGUWONK ccceiiecneniaa Waals 3 44 Blacker Front End Network Configuration ccscccsseceeeeeeeeseceeeeeeees 3 48 OOPF PPB AG aaora E E E E E A 5 5 POUND CIT TOOOOOY
313. rs Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Remote Autonomous System IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Null Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the remote router that will form an EGP neighbor relationship with this router Enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 4 Gateway Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt EGP gt Neighbors Core Core Non Core Specifies the gateway mode for this EGP neighbor If you choose Core the default the local AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a transit AS That is it will advertise networks that reside within the AS as well as within external networks If you choose Non Core the AS to which this EGP neighbor belongs will act as a stub AS That is it will only advertise networks that reside within the AS Set this parameter to either Core or Non Core depending on how you want this EGP neighbor to function 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 4 3 1 5 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable
314. rs gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of network identifiers Each identifier consists of a network number a mask and a flag to indicate whether the ID refers to a specific network or a range of networks Specifies which networks will match this policy Enter a specific encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match the default route Enter a range encoding of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to match any route Enter an empty list to match any route RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 5 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 5 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 5 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 5 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 5 B 22 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies
315. ructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export OSPF Tag Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 to 2147483647 Specifies the tag with which this route filter is concerned Each AS External Advertisement contains a Tag field If the Tag field matches Import Tag the appropriate action is taken either the route is accepted or ignored Note that this parameter is only used if the Export From Protocol parameter is set to OSPF Enter the appropriate tag number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 9 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this export route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this export route filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this export route filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 2 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters Propagate Propagate Ignore Controls the flow of routing information If you select Propagate this route is advertised If you select Ignore advertising of this route is suppressed Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 6 C 26 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instruc
316. ructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From EGP AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to EGP advertisements received from EGP peers in an AS on this list Applicable only for EGP sourced routes and if EGP is included as a route source Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to EGP advertisements from peers in any AS RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 17 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 17 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 17 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 17 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 17 114065 Rev A B 33 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Received E
317. ructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the local IP address of the interface that connects this router to the RIP gateway This filter will apply only to those updates received on this interface If set to 0 0 0 0 this filter applies to all interfaces Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 8 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Accept Accept Ignore Specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables If this parameter is set to Accept default the routing information is sent to the routing tables If this parameter is set to Ignore the routing information is dropped Either accept the default Accept or select Ignore 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 5 114065 Rev A C 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters 1 1 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing
318. s Table 6 1 BGP 3 Path Attributes Attribute Description AS Path Mandatory attribute containing a list of the ASs that must be traversed to reach the given destinations Origin Mandatory attribute containing one of the following values IGP the path is valid all the way to the IGP of the originating AS EGP the path was advertised using EGP by the last AS in the AS path or Incomplete the path is valid only to the last AS in the AS path Next Hop Mandatory attribute that defines the IP address of the router to use as a next hop for the advertised destinations Inter AS Optional attribute used to choose between paths to the destinations listed Unreachable Discretionary attribute used to indicate destinations that have become unreachable The BGP 4 update message has the same format and contains the same mandatory attributes as the BGP 3 update message with the following additions e In place of the Unreachable attribute that BGP 3 includes as part of the path attribute description the BGP 4 update includes an Unreachable field This field specifies destinations that have become unreachable e In place of the BGP 3 optional attributes a BGP 4 update message can include the optional attributes described in Table 6 2 114065 Rev A 6 5 Configuring IP Services Table 6 2 BGP 4 Optional Path Attributes Attribute Description Multi Exit Discriminator Optiona
319. s Any Direct Static RIP OSPF with Type 2 metric EGP BGP Any Specifies one or more external route source identifiers If you specify an external route source a route from that source that meets the other criteria of this policy matches the policy This parameter applies only to OSPF routes that use the new ASE Type 2 metric The protocol from which OSPF received the route is encoded in the ASE metric along with the route s metric To specify any external route source use the default BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 9 Outbound Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of AS numbers Specifies a list of autonomous system numbers If an AS number is included in this list this policy applies to BGP advertisements being sent to BGP peers in that AS Specify one or more AS numbers Configure an empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements going to peers in any AS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 22 114065 Rev A B 47 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Outbound Peers Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the IP address of one or more
320. s Enable Enable Disable Enables or disable this import route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 14 1 2 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt BGP3 gt Import Filters 1 1 to 16 Assigns a weighted preference value to a route included in the routing tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal BGP 3 static OSPF external and RIP If Intra AS IBGP routing is used then any other route source is preferred over a BGP 3 route If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this BGP 3 derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference The default preference for static routes is 16 but may be set to any value between 1 and 16 If you want to grant a BGP 3 derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference you assign to the BGP 3 derived route exceeds the preference value of th
321. s gt IP gt BGP gt Global BGP BGP ALL Controls if intra AS routing is enabled the types of routes that BGP advertises in any IBGP sessions Select BGP to propagate only advertised routes learned from external BGP peers Select ALL to propagate routes learned from all route sources excluding IBGP and OSPF interarea and intra area routes which are never advertised with IBGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 9 BGP Interval Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global 5 seconds 1 to 2147483647 Specifies the minimum time interval in seconds between injections of external BGP routes into the IP routing table Accept the default or enter a nonzero value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 10 114065 Rev A A 3 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID BGP Collision Detect Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether redundant BGP connections to the same router will be detected and disallowed If you want only one BGP connection to the same router to be maintained use the default If you want to allow redundant connections enter Disable Collision detection is based on router ID If two BGP peers have multiple physical connections and want to establish a BGP session across each p
322. s a Keepalive message every 30 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify how often BGP issues a Keepalive message on this peer connection or to disable the Keepalive function Site Manager Keepalive Timer parameter page A 10 114065 Rev A 6 17 Configuring IP Services Specifying an Update Interval for the Connection Once a connection is established the BGP speaker uses one or more Update messages to send the entire IP routing table compliant with local BGP export policies BGP however does not require the entire routing table to be sent again Therefore the BGP speaker must keep a current version of the routing information received from of all of its peers for as long as the connection to each peer is valid This information will be updated via Update messages whenever changes occur By default BGP examines the routing table for changes every 5 seconds If a change has occurred BGP issues an Update message on the connection You can use Site Manager to specify a value for the external advertisement timer Site Manager External Advertisement Timer parameter page A 8 6 18 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Specifying a Holddown Time The holddown time is the amount of time either peer will wait for a Keepalive or Update message before declaring the connection down A BGP speaker that is initiating a connection inserts a holddown time value into the Open message The responding
323. s on In Figure 6 3 Router A has a numbered interface to Network 1 Router B has a numbered interface to Network 3 The network administrator has chosen these two interfaces to support the peer to peer connection If the two routers are in different ASs enable multihop EBGP connections If no IGP protocol RIP or OSPF is running over the unnumbered link configure a static route on each router to the other router s network and subnet Since the routers do not share a numbered subnet each BGP peer needs to know a route to the network subnet of the interface that the other BGP peer is using If there is an IGP protocol RIP or OSPF running over the unnumbered link RIP or OSPF will learn the route and store it in the routing table Otherwise you need to configure a static route on each router to the other BGP peer s network subnet The route should point to the unnumbered link 4 Configure the BGP connection on each router 114065 Rev A 6 15 Configuring IP Services Initiating a Peer to Peer Connection A BGP speaker that wants to initiate peer to peer connections periodically issues an Open message BGP speakers respond to connection requests by returning an Open message In Figure 6 4 for example BGP Speaker A sends an Open message to BGP Speaker B to request a connection BGP Speaker B responds by sending an Open message to BGP Speaker A
324. s one or more BGP peers This policy applies to BGP advertisements from the peers on this list To indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from any BGP peer use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 11 Originating AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous systems This policy applies to BGP advertisements that originate from the ASs on this list To indicate that the policy applies to BGP advertisements originating from any AS use the default empty list 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 12 B 12 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Route Origin Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Any Any IGP EGP IGP or EGP Incomplete Incomplete or IGP Incomplete or EGP Specifies the values of the BGP origin path attribute that apply to this policy Select the origin values you wish to accept for this policy 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 13 BGP 3 Route Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept
325. s teliate tau aseendadtidss 5 35 Chapter 6 Customizing BGP Services BGP Concepts and Terminology essnncis secs ste iniii e a A A hans 6 2 internor BGF Rinta AS ROUINO isc siccisssaiscacretenivonrasadeagcel a a A 6 3 BEGP na KSLA varnir EN 6 3 BOF FATADUR 6 5 BGPA Local FProference VACS ccacicisaecencst cect ashope ene a 6 7 BOP Impe mien NOIES aiaa aaa aE 6 8 Configuring BGP on the Router cee PE E AE E E bonnes T E 6 9 Enabing and Disabling BGP sariimsrisnrisinininnio Enn ea ANAN 6 9 eA PICU S BOF UMMM susini inea anaaga aaia Peseenchezadlehiase aus 6 9 Benim ang ihe Local AS rcn asia tale 6 10 Configuring BGP for nta AS Routing sieniin ia NN NG 6 10 Setting the Interval Timer sissiisiaieisisarseciesninsias EEE Se 6 11 Allowing Redundant CONMGCHONG ssssucnermienoemin naaa 6 11 Era Out IPG ConnetloriE sas ss2d cies da coesersad nauan iaaiiai 6 12 Disabling Dynamic Polley Connig ratori seiesima iaei 6 12 Contoan BOP asa DOST gaidit E ai 6 13 Establishing a Peer to Peer Connection cccececeeeseceeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaeesseneeeseaaeseeneees 6 13 Defining the Peerto Peer CONMGCHON iii ccdeccccceiiearsaccsenteetennidtctaiendlien ddedgecemasiiaes 6 13 Using the Circuitless IP Interface for a Peer to Peer Connection 005 6 14 Configuring BGP Peers over an Unnumbered Point to Point Link 6 14 x 114065 Rev A Initiating a Peerto Peer ConnechOn scsissccesarsaccven iuasiavesiasnsesrrisnecnewismen
326. s whether the protocol ignores a route that matches the policy or forwards the route to the routing table manager Specify Accept to consider the route for insertion in the routing table To drop the route specify Ignore RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 1 1 6 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 3 1 6 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 5 1 6 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 7 1 6 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 9 1 6 B 4 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Policies Route Preference Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Accept Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Accept Policies 1 1 to 16 Assigns a metric value the higher the number the greater the preference to a route that the protocol forwards to the routing table manager If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the routing table manager may need to use this value to decide which route to insert Either accept the default value 1 or enter a new value Routes for all networks 0 0 0
327. same network Site Manager Hello Interval parameter page A 81 5 20 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services Setting the Dead Interval The dead interval is the number of seconds that a router waits to receive a Hello packet from a neighbor before considering the neighbor to be down The Dead Interval value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval value Each type of network has an optimum dead interval If the interface is connected to a broadcast network we suggest you use the default setting 40 seconds We suggest the following settings for other network types supported by OSPF Network Type Suggested Dead Interval Broadcast 40 seconds default Point to point 60 seconds NBMA 80 seconds Point to multipoint 60 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a dead interval Note This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network Site Manager Dead Interval parameter page A 81 114065 Rev A 5 21 Configuring IP Services Poll Interval for NBMA Neighbors The poll interval is the largest number of seconds allowed between Hello packets sent to an inactive nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor By default each OSPF interface has a poll interval of 120 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a poll interval Site Manager Poll Interval parameter page A 82 5 22 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Servi
328. se the circuitless IP interface will not initialize Setting the slot mask bit parameter to 1 on an empty slot a slot containing a system resource module or a slot with no IP support does not affect the circuitless IP interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 75 A 34 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Max Forwarding Table Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces 128 entries 64 entry minimum no maximum Specifies the maximum number of entries allowed in the forwarding table at one time Specify a forwarding table size for each interface This parameter controls the number of destinations that are cached in the forwarding table on this receiving interface When this interface receives an IP packet the router looks up the destination in the forwarding table Therefore an interface that receives packets that are destined for a large number of different destinations may benefit from a larger forwarding table The larger the number of entries the more likely it is that the destination will already be in the forwarding table and the faster the route lookups will be for those destinations Configuring a forwarding table size that is larger than necessary reduces the total amount of memory usable by other applications Configuring a routing table too small can affect overall router performance A check of the number of cache
329. seconds for NBMA 20 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 10 seconds or set the hello interval to some higher number for slower speed serial lines This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 11 Dead Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 40 seconds 1 to 2147483647 seconds Indicates the number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down The dead interval value should be some multiple of the hello interval value We suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 40 seconds for point to point 60 seconds for NBMA 80 seconds for point to multipoint 60 seconds Either accept the default value of 40 seconds or set the dead interval to some higher number for slower speed serial lines This value must be the same for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 12 114065 Rev A A 81 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Poll Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 120 seconds 1 to 2147483647 seconds Indicates the largest number of seconds allowed between hello packets sent to an inac
330. sends updates with a maximum size of 800 bytes You can use Site Manager to specify a maximum update size overriding the default Note that if the update message that is used to advertise a single route is larger than the configured message size the actual message size can exceed the configured value Site Manager Peer Max Update Size parameter page A 11 Setting the Route Echo Switch The peer route echo switch controls the way the router echoes a BGP route that is selected for forwarding Echoing in this case means advertising the route back to the peer from which it was received By default the router advertises the route back as reachable and includes the local AS You can use Site Manager to configure BGP to echo the route as UNREACHABLE withdrawn Site Manager Peer Route Echo Switch parameter page A 11 6 20 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Designing a Route Selection Strategy A BGP speaker must at times evaluate and compare different paths to a destination network to determine the best path Because all border routers must provide the same view of the AS to external ASs having a selection strategy that is consistent in the router and that can be consistent across all border routers is very important in BGP To select the best available path BGP uses AS weights and classes and IP policies Assigning AS Weight and Class Values You can assign a weight class to any AS numb
331. so introduce forwarding loops Site Manager Multi hop EBGP Connection parameter page A 4 Disabling Dynamic Policy Configuration By default BGP configures IP policies dynamically This means that if you modify a policy BGP dynamically re evaluates all affected routes in the light of the modified policy BGP then sends the appropriate withdraw or update to the affected peers BG P maintains records of which routes have been sent to which peer This allows for precise determination of which routes must be sent and which must be withdrawn You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable dynamic policy configuration Site Manager Dynamic Policy Change parameter page A 5 If you modify an IP policy with this feature disabled BGP restarts all BGP connections There is no advantage to disabling dynamic policy configuration Disabling this parameter will significantly impact BGP protocol operation overhead and network stability 6 12 114065 Rev A Customizing BGP Services Configuring BGP as a Soloist By default BGP runs on every slot on the router If you have configured ISP mode BGP runs as a soloist The soloist will run on one slot as determined from the BGP soloist slot mask We recommend that the slot mask include only nonforwarding slots so that BGP operations route calculation for example occur on one slot while the other slots maintain maximum forwarding capability Site Manager
332. sources otherwise dedicated to maintaining cached names in the MIB Site Manager Create MIB Inst for Cached Name parameter page A 67 Specifying the Size of the Name Cache By default NetBIOS allocates space for 100 entries in the name cache You can accept the default or use Site Manager to specify a value of 1 to 2147483647 entries Site Manager Max Name Cache Entries parameter page A 67 8 8 114065 Rev A Customizing NetBIOS over IP You can adjust this value in direct proportion to the total number of server names expected to be active during intervals of peak traffic load or performance demand on the router A value of 100 is suitable for networks that include up to 100 NetBIOS names to cache Aging a Cache Entry The router ages cache entries to ensure that cached routes remain consistent with the current network topology If the cache table lookup mechanism does not access a cache entry within the period you set in the appropriate Cache Aging Time parameter the router deletes the entry from the table If the router receives a broadcast Name Query Request from a client and finds the name and associated IP address of the requested server in its cache the router replaces the broadcast address on the Name Query Request with the unicast IP address The router also assigns the entry a short time to live If the entry is valid the router will receive a Positive Name Query Response which will validate
333. ss an ATM PVC VPI VCI address or for an ATM SVC the address of the ATM interface Enter the MAC address as a 12 digit hexadecimal number Enter an ATM PVC address in the form Virtual Path Identifier Virtual Channel Identifier for example 0 32 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 6 Host Encapsulation Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts Ethernet Ethernet SNAP PDN DDN SNAPIP NULL Specifies the adjacent host s encapsulation method Select Ethernet or SNAP Service Network Access Point if you are defining a point to point network interface or if the adjacent host resides on an Ethernet For an X 25 interface select PDN or DDN For an adjacent host on an ATM logical IP subnet select SNAP SNAPIP and NULL also specify host encapsulation methods for ATM networks 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 7 A 52 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Adjacent Host X 121 Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Adjacent Hosts None Any valid X 121 address Specifies the X 121 address of the adjacent host Set this parameter only if this is a PDN X 25 DDN X 25 or BFE X 25 connection Enter the appropriate X 121 address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 6 1 9 TFTP Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options F
334. ssion of IP forwarding tables By default IP maintains a forwarding table on each IP interface IP maintains this table as a cache for routes that are frequently used to forward data packets that arrive on the interface However if the number of frequently used routes exceeds the size of the forwarding table the router will be continually updating the forwarding table by removing old routes and installing new route entries ISP mode disables all forwarding tables on all interfaces and optimizes the routing table to allow direct forwarding avoiding the overhead of cache misses and cache updates If you select ISP mode you do not have to explicitly disable the forwarding tables on each interface e BGP soloist By default BGP runs on all slots configured with IP interfaces In ISP mode BGP runs as a soloist For further information see Configuring BGP as a Soloist on page 6 13 Site Manager ISP Mode parameter page A 45 The following parameter settings also help optimize the router s performance and operation IP Global Parameter Setting Route Filter Support Disabled Maximum Policy Rules Set ss required Estimated Networks Set as required ICMP Redirects Set to off at router interconnection points 3 12 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Configuring an IP Interface An IP network interface consists of a physical circuit configured with the appropriate data link and IP pr
335. stcsarsscceedncvsaiadeos sntisiderengessutladeneasteieses 7 7 DOC MINI Ihe CIAL OWE MOJE saa eats iictserahi aed ANG 7 7 Enabling and Disabling the Neighbor Relationship 0cee eE 7 8 Selccing the Acquisition MOUE siriaca arinaa nanasi 7 8 CUI POMOTE uriini aa d aa aaa 7 8 Ot GIST DOR MNTPORS siisii lah aeulabatedgaineeaateea iabanicadiamandaaes 7 9 Chapter 8 Customizing NetBIOS over IP NetBIOS Concepts and Terminology ceeeeeee EERE E ARRAS 8 2 MGT IOS inai IP VIRGIN GIN ssena e a an OEE 8 3 114065 Rev A xi Forwarding Name Queries over an Unnumbered Interface cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on a Router ccccceesceeeeseceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeessnaeeeeeeenens 8 6 Specifying a TTL Value for a Rebroadcast Packet cccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneneees 8 6 Enabling the Insertion of Record Route Option esc cad csdeaiiosctatecciieaeicdans 8 7 Configuring a NetBIOS Cache eeeeeee E dash AAA A A 8 7 Enabling Name Caching gh the ROUET ereire nea oirn aia 8 8 Creating a MIB Instance for a Cached Name snsossssssssssnssrrnesrnessnnessnssnnnsssessre 8 8 speciying the Size of the Name Cache iiciin eranen 8 8 AONO a GINE ENII saan n aAA N ae aad aa 8 9 CUSTOMIZING a Cache SeaGreen a a a a a 8 10 Cormaunng NetBIOS onan IP WMG ACS siaaa 8 11 Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on an Interface ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeneeeees 8 11 Enabl
336. t The router that originates the packet sets the TTL to a positive value Each router that receives the packet decrements the TTL counter by one A router that receives a packet with a TTL of zero discards the packet if the packet is not addressed to itself The TTL counter prevents packets from looping endlessly through the network By default IP sets the TTL field on each source packet that is each packet that it originates and transmits to 30 hops You can use Site Manager to specify a TTL value overriding the default Site Manager Default TTL parameter page A 41 Setting the RIP Diameter The RIP diameter is a hop count that the Routing Information Protocol RIP uses to denote infinity In order for RIP to operate properly every router within the network must be configured with an identical RIP diameter value If RIP is enabled this parameter specifies the maximum number of hops within the autonomous system if RIP is not enabled the IP router still uses the RIP diameter to determine network width The default RIP diameter value is 15 hops You must set this parameter so that none of the interface cost static cost or route filter cost parameters exceed the RIP diameter We recommend that you accept the default RIP diameter value Use Site Manager to specify the RIP diameter Site Manager RIP Diameter parameter page A 42 3 8 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Allowing an All Zero or A
337. t Host Host A B A C i eS 140 250 200 2 2140 250 250 3 140 250 250 2 2140 250 250 3 00 002 00 10 30 00 002 00 10 6 IP0011A Figure 3 5 Proxy ARP Example Host B wants to talk to Host C so Host B broadcasts an ARP request which asks IP address 140 250 250 2 to respond with its physical address The router captures Host B s ARP request and responds with its hardware address 00 00 A2 00 00 01 and Host C s IP address 140 250 250 2 Host B maps Host C s IP address 140 250 250 2 to the router s hardware address 00 00 A2 00 00 01 By default Proxy ARP is disabled on the interface You can use Site Manager to enable Proxy ARP 114065 Rev A 3 31 Configuring IP Services Site Manager Proxy parameter page A 28 With Proxy ARP enabled the router will respond with an ARP reply if there is a valid route that is if the router is able to forward traffic to the destination in the routing table This route may be a subnet route or a default route For the router to respond for subnets that are reachable via the default route you must use Site Manager to configure IP to use a default route for unknown subnets Site Manager Enable Default Route for Subnets parameter page A 44 There are devices that use Proxy ARP to determine a gateway rather than relying on a statically defined default gateway These devices will use ARP for all remote destinations To enable the router to reply to ARP for remote
338. t Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID AS Boundary Router Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global No Yes No Indicates whether or not this router functions as an AS boundary router Only AS boundary routers are allowed to convert non OSPF routes into OSPF routes so that they can be passed along throughout the OSPF routing domain The router can be an AS boundary router if one or more of its interfaces is connected to a non OSPF network for example RIP BGP or EGP Set this parameter to Yes if this router functions as an AS boundary router Otherwise accept the default value No 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 7 Hold Down Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global 1 second 0 to 10 seconds Prevents the algorithm to compute a route from running more than once per holddown time Its purpose is to free up the CPU Note that a value of 0 means there is no holddown time Either accept the default value of 1 second or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 9 A 74 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters OSPF Slot Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global All slots
339. t BGP gt Global None An IP address of an IP interface on this router Identifies the BGP router There is no default for this parameter You must use an IP address of one of the router s IP interfaces Either accept the current BGP identifier or enter a new IP address The BGP identifier must be one of the router s IP interfaces If both BGP and OSPF are running on the router then the OSPF router ID must be equivalent to one of the configured IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 4 BGP Local AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which this BGP router belongs Either accept the current BGP Local AS value or enter a new value for this parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 5 A 2 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters BGP Intra AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether BGP will perform intra AS IBGP routing Transit ASs should use intra AS routing Stub or multihomed ASs usually do not use IBGP intra AS routing 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 1 8 BGP From Protocols Configuration Manager gt Protocol
340. t EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of autonomous system numbers Specifies one or more autonomous system numbers This policy applies to BGP advertisements received from BGP peers in an AS on this list Applicable only for BGP sourced routes and if BGP is included as a route source Specify one or more AS numbers Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to BGP advertisements from peers in any AS RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 20 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 20 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 20 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 20 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 20 B 36 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies Received BGP Next Hop Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce
341. t RIP allows itself to learn all routes from its neighbors before sending full updates By default RIP uses a stabilization time of 120 seconds You can use Site Manager to specify a stabilization time for this interface Site Manager Stabilization Timer parameter page A 100 114065 Rev A 4 11 Chapter 5 Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Open Shortest Path First is an internal gateway protocol for use in large networks This chapter consists of the following sections that describe OSPF and show you how to edit OSPF parameters e OSPF Concepts and Terminology page 5 3 OSPF Addresses and Variable Length Masks page 5 3 OSPF Neighbors page 5 3 Neighbor Adjacencies page 5 4 Designated Routers page 5 4 OSPF Areas page 5 5 Boundary Routers and AS External Routes page 5 6 e Configuring OSPF Global Features page 5 9 Enabling and Disabling OSPF on the Router page 5 9 Supplying an OSPF ID page 5 9 Configuring the Soloist and Backup Soloist on a Slot page 5 10 Using the Holddown Timer to Relieve the CPU page 5 11 Configuring Message Logging page 5 11 Configuring OSPF for Equal Cost Multipath Routing page 5 13 114065 Rev A 5 1 Configuring IP Services e Configuring OSPF on an IP Interface page 5 14 Enabling and Disabling OSPF page 5 14 Configuring an Area ID page 5 14 Specifying the Network Type page 5 15 Specifying Router Priority for a Multiaccess
342. t this interface sends out ICMP redirects ICMP redirects are messages sent by the router to alert a host that it should be using a different path to route data Reset to Disable if you do not want this interface to send out redirects For example in a Frame Relay network two stations on the same network may not be directly connected if the network is not fully meshed Thus in this case you would set Redirects to Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 70 A 30 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Enet Arp Encaps Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces ARP Ethernet ARP Ethernet ARP SNAP ARP Both Probe LSAP ARP Ethernet Probe LSAP ARP SNAP Probe LSAP ARP Both Probe LSAP Defines the datalink encapsulation to use for ARP and HP Probe packets generated at this interface if the underlying medium is Ethernet This parameter is ignored if the underlying medium is anything other than Ethernet Depending on the selection you have made for the ARP Resolution parameter ARP Probe or ARP Probe select the appropriate encapsulation option If your address resolution scheme is ARP only select Ethernet encapsulation SNAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP encapsulation If your resolution scheme is HP Probe only select LSAP encaps
343. tables If confronted with multiple routes to the same destination the router by default grants preference to routes in the following order direct OSPF internal static BGP 3 OSPF external EGP and RIP If this hierarchy is acceptable accept the default value 1 for preference If you want to grant preference to this RIP derived route assign a new preference value in the range of 1 to 16 the greater the number the higher the preference Routes for all networks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 should have the lowest preference Routes for the most specific networks longest address and mask should have the highest preference The default preference for static routes is 1 but may be set to any value between 1 and 16 refer to Editing Static Route Parameters for more information If you want to grant a RIP derived route preference over a static route make sure the preference value you assign to the RIP derived route is greater than the preference value of the static route you want it to override 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 6 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Import Filters Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables this import route filter Set to Disable if you want to disable this filter Set to Enable if you previously disabled this filter and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 8 1 2 C 4 114065 Rev A Import and Export Route Filters Parameter P
344. tary protocol is an address resolution mechanism that functions much like ARP to determine a network host s physical address when all it knows is the network host s IP address by binding a 32 bit IP address to a 48 bit MAC address IP supports HP Probe over Ethernet and the following HP Probe messages Unsolicited Reply incoming and outgoing Name Request incoming Name Reply outgoing Virtual Address Reply incoming and outgoing Virtual Address Request incoming and outgoing Proxy Request incoming and outgoing Proxy Reply incoming and outgoing Note If bridging is configured and enabled on the interface in addition to IP the Name Request Reply and the Proxy Request Reply messages are bridged IP can support the concurrent operation of HP Probe and ARP on an interface The X 25 address resolution scheme is used on network interfaces that support the X 25 DDN service The RFC 877 compliant address resolution mechanism is used on network interfaces that support the X 25 PDN service On interfaces configured for a Token Ring network the router can send ARP requests as Spanning Tree Explorer STE packets or All Routes Explorer ARE packets 114065 Rev A 3 29 Configuring IP Services By default ARP is enabled on the interface Use Site Manager to specify any of the following supported address resolution schemes Site Manager Address Resolution parameter page A 27 Selecting an Encapsula
345. te Filters gt BGP3 gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Depends on the address class of the network address Specifies the range of addresses upon which this filter acts For example consider Class B Network 172 32 0 0 which allocates the upper 8 bits of the host identification field to the Subnet ID and the final 8 bits to the Host ID The address mask directs the filtering process to a specific portion of the IP address In other words any IP address that matches the masked portion of 172 32 0 0 is subject to filtering If you enter 255 255 0 0 for this parameter only the Net ID portion of the address will be filtered If you enter the mask 255 255 255 0 for this parameter the Net ID and Subnet ID portions of the address will be filtered If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 then the filter applies to all routes If you set the Export Address field to 0 0 0 0 and set this parameter to 255 255 255 255 then the filter applies to the default route Enter the appropriate mask in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 15 1 4 114065 Rev A Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Export from Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt
346. ter the IP address in dotted decimal notation If the peer is in a remote AS the address must be on the same subnet as the local interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 6 Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs Enter the appropriate AS number 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 10 A 6 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Local Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None Any IP address Specifies the IP address of the interface on the local side of this BGP peer connection Enter the appropriate address 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 4 Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a BGP peer relationship with the specified IP address Set this parameter to Disable if you want to temporarily disable this peer relationship rather than delete it Or set it to Enable if you previously disabled this peer relationship and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 2 Min BGP Version Config
347. ternal summaries from its interface to the backbone However Border router 8 does not forward the ASEs or summaries to the stub Instead it injects a default route that internal routers use to forward datagrams to destinations beyond the stub By default a border router imports ASEs into its attached areas You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable the importing of ASEs for a stub area By default a border router that injects a default route into a stub area assigns a cost metric of 1 to that default route You can use Site Manager to specify a cost metric overriding the default By default a border router injects network summaries into an attached stub area You can use Site Manager to disable the injection of summaries Site Manager Import AS Extern parameter page A 86 Site Manager Stub Metric parameter page A 87 Site Manager Import Summaries parameter page A 87 Applying IP Policies to OSPF Interfaces According to the OSPF standard all routers in a given area must maintain a similar routing database To ensure the integrity of the database the network administrator must not use IP policies to manipulate link state advertisements before propagating them on an interface There are two ways however in which an IP policy can be applied to an OSPF interface e An OSPF announce policy can be used on a boundary router to control which self originated external routing updates are placed in the link state dat
348. the active IP Accounting table is 80 percent full You must configure a trap to be sent Use Site Manager to configure a trap exception for Entity 6 and event 99 You can use Site Manager to specify a value from 1 to 100 indicating the percentage of the maximum size that causes IP Accounting to send a trap message Site Manager Trap Percent parameter page A 46 Copying the IP Accounting Table to the Checkpoint Table Once the IP Accounting table is filled to capacity IP Accounting can make no further entries until you empty the table You empty the accounting table by copying its contents to a checkpoint table Using Site Manager 1 Open the IP Global window 2 Click on Flag CKPT IP Accounting maintains two aging counters one for the accounting table and one for the checkpoint table When you copy the contents IP Accounting resets and starts both counters at 0 Configuring the Trivial File Transfer Protocol The Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP is a TCP IP standard protocol for transferring files with minimum capability and minimal overhead TFTP is implemented on top of the unreliable connectionless datagram delivery service and is used to move files between network devices TFTP was designed to be small and easy to implement Because it is small it is more restrictive lacking most of the features of the File Transfer Protocol FTP TFTP provides inexpensive unsophisticated file transfer service only It can
349. the case then enter the appropriate IP broadcast address in dotted decimal notation Specifying a Subnet Broadcast Address The way you configure a broadcast address for a subnet is different from the way you configure a broadcast address for a network When you extend the network portion of the IP address to create a subnet address you automatically take away from the host portion of the address To configure a subnet broadcast you take the subnet mask for that subnet and invert it For example if the IP address of the subnet is 10 4 2 3 and the mask is 255 255 0 0 then the subnet broadcast address is either 10 4 255 255 or 10 4 0 0 3 16 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Specifying the Cost of an Interface Each IP interface has an assigned cost The interface cost is added to routes learned on this interface through RIP and is specified in subsequent RIP packets transmitted out other interfaces By default an IP interface has a cost of 1 You can use Site Manager to specify a cost overriding the default Site Manager Interface Cost parameter page A 25 Enter the interface cost value standard RIP implementation assigns a cost of 1 however keep in mind that increasing this value causes the upper bound set by the RIP Network Diameter parameter to be attained more rapidly 114065 Rev A 3 17 Configuring IP Services Enabling MTU Discovery on an Interface A Probe MTU is a request for the
350. the next hop mask Configuring Router Discovery Before a host can send IP datagrams beyond its directly attached subnet the host must discover the address of at least one operational router on that subnet Router Discovery is an extension of the Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP that enables hosts attached to multicast or broadcast networks to discover the IP addresses of their neighboring routers Routers configured with Router Discovery periodically multicast or broadcast a router advertisement from each of their interfaces announcing the IP address or addresses of that interface Hosts discover the addresses of their neighboring routers by listening for these advertisements Hosts will use the router with the highest preference level as a gateway 3 46 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services By default Router Discovery is enabled on each IP interface You can use Site Manager to select the operating characteristics of Router Discovery on the interface Site Manager Enable parameter page A 64 Site Manager Broadcast Type parameter page A 64 Site Manager Maximum Interval parameter page A 65 Site Manager Lifetime parameter page A 65 Site Manager Interface Preference parameter page A 65 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End The Blacker front end BFE is a classified encryption device used by hosts that want to communicate across unsecured wide area networks BFE devices are typically found
351. ther accept the default value of 1 second or enter some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines for example 15 to 20 seconds for a 19 8 KB line 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 9 Retransmit Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 5 seconds 1 to 3600 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting OSPF packets Although the default value is 5 we suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 5 seconds for point to point 10 seconds for NBMA 10 seconds for point to multipoint 10 seconds Either accept the default value of 5 seconds or set the retransmit interval to some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 10 A 80 114065 Rev A Site Manager Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Hello Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 10 seconds 1 to 65 535 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface Although the default value is 10 seconds we suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15
352. tion Option for ARP and Probe If you select ARP Probe or ARP Probe you must also select the appropriate datalink encapsulation option e If your address resolution scheme is ARP only select Ethernet encapsulation SNAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP encapsulation e If your resolution scheme is HP Probe only select LSAP encapsulation e If your resolution scheme is ARP Probe select Ethernet LSAP encapsulation SNAP LSAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP LSAP encapsulation By default IP uses ARP Ethernet encapsulation You can use Site Manager to specify an encapsulation scheme IP ignores this parameter if the underlying medium is anything other than Ethernet Site Manager Enet Arp Encaps parameter page A 31 3 30 114065 Rev A Customizing IP Services Enabling Proxy ARP on an Interface Proxy ARP allows a router to answer a local ARP request for a remote destination For example in Figure 3 5 Hosts B and C are located on the same network but on separate subnetworks Hosts B and C do not understand subnetworking The router connecting the two physical networks knows which host resides on which network The address mask is 255 255 255 000 In this example one subnet is a remote network with respect to the other subnet E Router 140 250 200 1 140 250 200 1 00 002 00 00 01 00 002 00 00 01 140 250 200 0 140 250 250 0 Host Hos
353. tions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters Interface Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 0 0 0 Any IP address Specifies the outbound interface on which to apply this filter Specify the IP address of the interface on which you want to apply this filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 10 Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt EGP gt Export Filters 0 the actual route cost as learned 0 to 255 Assigns an EGP cost to the propagated route The value 0 causes the actual route cost as learned to be used Either accept the default metric value 0 or enter a new value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 13 1 11 114065 Rev A C 27 Appendix D Route Weight Worksheet 1 Select one route from the following list Direct 0 OSPF Internal 0 OSPF External 16 OSPF Import Preference RIP 16 RIP Import Preference EGP 16 EGP Import Preference BGP 16 BGP Import Preference Static 16 SR Preference 2 Multiply the value associated with the route by the following decimal or hexadecimal value 134217728 x or 0x8000000 x 114065 Rev A D 1 Configuring IP Services 3 Select one route from the following list Direct 0 OSPF Intra Area Internal OSPF
354. tive nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor Either accept the default value of 120 seconds or set this parameter to some slightly higher number for slower speed serial lines 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 13 Metric Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 1 to 65535 Indicates the cost of using this type of service on this interface We suggest the following values for this parameter for gt 100 Mb s 1 for Ethernet 802 3 10 for E1 48 for T1 65 for 64 Kb s 1562 for 56 Kb s 1785 for 19 2 Kb s 5208 for 9 6 Kb s 10416 This parameter allows you to configure preferred paths If you do want to configure a preferred path allow that path to retain the default value of 1 or assign it a relatively low metric cost Then assign the less preferred paths a higher metric cost value Either accept the default value 1 or enter a larger number for a slower path or a backup route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 16 A 82 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Password Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces None Any ASCII string up to eight characters long Specifies the password used for this area You can specify a password up to eight ASCII characters in length that will appear in the a
355. to sausis 3 31 Timing Out Entries in the Address Resolution Cache c cccccccceseseeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 32 114065 Rev A vii Dafna an Adaon HOSI soscanta reaa a 3 33 Configuring IP Accounting on a Frame Relay Interface scceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeees 3 35 Enabling IP Accounting ot the ROUET cucnssniiciaraiekrninns aecantidies 3 35 Specifying the Maximum Size of the IP Accounting Table ccseeeeceeeeeeeeeneees 3 35 Controlling Notification of a Full IP Accounting Table sissreiiscisrsosiesisvissisisiiiis 3 36 Copying the IP Accounting Table to the Checkpoint Table c ceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 36 Configuring the Trivial File Transfer Protocol c cccecceececeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeseeeesereeeneees 3 36 Configuring the Revised IP Security Option on an Interface osseseesseesseeesseeeeeen 3 37 SSc LOSI FONTE sirrini EN GS 3 39 Moona IE DE e ai a rer ni aan et 3 41 Forwarded IP DatagraMmS cccdicsterssescinitetetisteaccaeaiuentiascieatainandyaceiasannidenddedscoedismiaias 3 42 nanette iF Uaa En AAEN A 3 42 Unlabeled IF Data Grains seisan 3 42 PIP OO ERAN auacnsunteniipa ne aaiden racine ace ens 3 43 Bie a8 A SE ge aera eoeeenr rater etter fe rerete a rene aren ream ny err cere ttrrter rer 3 45 Defining a Black Hole for a Supernet happend solic Di E EE A E T E AE 3 46 Gonigurno Router DRBCOVGRY wiorinsinssdiaiiiniinra aa 3 46 Connecting the Router to a Blacker Front End 00
356. tonomous system has a NIC assigned decimal number ID You must supply the AS ID for the local autonomous system the AS to which this router belongs There is no default for this parameter You can use Site Manager to supply the local AS number Site Manager Local Autonomous System ID parameter page A 18 Configuring a Neighbor The following sections describe settings that define an EGP neighbor relationship 7 6 114065 Rev A Customizing EGP Services Specifying the Neighbor s Address You define the neighbor to neighbor relationship by specifying the IP address of the router that is to be the remote neighbor You can use Site Manager to supply the address of the remote neighbor Site Manager Remote Autonomous System IP Address parameter page A 19 Specifying the Gateway Mode You can configure the EGP router to operate in one of two gateway modes for any given IP interface e Noncore When the router is configured as a noncore gateway the AS to which it belongs acts as a stub AS It advertises and forwards only traffic that originated or is destined for a network within its AS e Core When the router is configured as a core gateway the AS to which it belongs acts as a transit AS In the core mode it can advertise and forward traffic to networks reachable interior or exterior to its local AS The default gateway mode is core mode If the EGP router is reconfigured to run in noncore m
357. tored in the name cache Delete a MIB instance for each NetBIOS name entry that ages out of the name cache Select Disable if you want to release the system memory and processing resources otherwise dedicated to maintaining cached names in the MIB 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 6 Max Name Cache Entries Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global 100 entries 1 to 2147483647 entries Specifies the maximum number of entries you need to provide in the NetBIOS name cache You can adjust the value of this parameter in direct proportion to the total number of server names expected to be active during intervals of peak traffic load or performance demand on the router A value of 100 is suitable for networks that include up to 100 NetBIOS names to cache 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 7 114065 Rev A A 67 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Name Cache Age Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global 300 seconds Any value that can rapidly age infrequently referenced names out of the NetBIOS name cache Specifies an age in seconds when inactive NetBIOS names expire from the NetBIOS name cache Choose an aging value that allows infrequently referenced or obsolete server names to expire from the name cache The smaller the value
358. trip time Although the default value is 5 we suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15 seconds for NBMA 15 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 5 seconds or set the retransmit interval to some other value between 1 and 360 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 7 Hello Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 15 seconds 1 to 360 seconds Indicates the number of seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface Although the default value is 15 seconds we suggest the following values for this parameter for broadcast 10 seconds for point to point 15 seconds for NBMA 20 seconds for point to multipoint 15 seconds Either accept the default value of 15 seconds or set the Hello Interval parameter to some other value between 1 and 360 seconds This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor and for all routers attached to the same network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 7 1 8 A 92 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Dead Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Virtual Interfaces 60 seconds 1 to 2000 seconds Indicates the number of seconds that
359. ty flags that are appropriate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 83 A 58 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Must In Authority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces No authority flags selected No authority flags selected GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags must be set in the protection authority field of inbound IP datagrams Select all of those authority flags that must be set in inbound IP datagrams received on this interface If you do not select any authority flags the default setting then the router does not require a datagram to have authority flags set but still accepts the datagram if any flags are set 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 84 May In Authorit Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces Any Any GENSER SIOPESI SCI NSA DOE Specifies which authority flags may be set in the protection authority field of inbound IP datagrams The authorities you specify here must be a superset of the authorities you specify for the Must In Authority parameter The default setting specifies that any of the authority flags may be set Either accept the default setting or reset and select only those authority flags that are appropriate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 85 11406
360. ue for the Local Preference attribute local preference 8191 origin value AS path weight where origin value is 0 for routes with an Origin Path attribute of IGP and 4096 otherwise and AS path weight is a sum of weight values associated with AS numbers listed in the route s AS Path attribute These weight values can be configured and default to 8 A steep penalty is applied to routes that are advertised with an Origin attribute other than IGP that is EGP or Incomplete For an OSPF internal route or a direct route the Local Preference attribute is set to local preference 8191 256 metric amp 255 where metric is the OSPF metric for an OSPF route or the configured cost for a direct route For a RIP route an EGP route an OSPF ASE route or a static route the Local Preference attribute is set to local preference 256 metric where metric is the RIP metric for a RIP route the EGP metric for an EGP route the OSPF metric for an OSPF ASE route or the configured cost for a static route Note that Local Preference values for OSPF internal routes and direct routes are higher than the Local Preference values calculated for BGP routes 114065 Rev A 6 7 Configuring IP Services BGP Implementation Notes This section provides you with some guidelines that you should follow when you configure BGP If you do not follow these guidelines BGP will either not work efficiently or will become disabled o
361. ue in seconds to use in rebroadcast packets Use this parameter to restrict the number of routers a rebroadcast packet can traverse To prevent NetBIOS broadcast packets from traversing the network indefinitely set the parameter to a minimal value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 13 Rebroadcast Record Route Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Global Disable Enable Disable Enables and disables the Insertion of Record Route option in rebroadcast packets If all IP entities support this option select Enable to allow the NetBIOS entity in the router to determine whether it has received this packet before on this interface If so the router drops it This option prevents rebroadcast packets from looping forever 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 1 14 NetBIOS IP Interface Table Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Disable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt NetBIOS gt Interface Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables NetBIOS on this IP interface If NetBIOS has been configured and enabled on the router use this parameter to disable and re enable it on this interface as required 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 11 2 1 2 114065 Rev A A 69 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID
362. ue other than the default window size and packet size configured in the BFE Window Size BFE range is 2 to 7 If you want to use a value other than the default window size configured in the BFE set Flow Facility to On You must coordinate this value with the packet level value Packet Size BFE options include 128 256 512 and 1024 If you want to use a value other than the default packet size configured in the BFE set Flow Facility to On If IP interface is configured to support multiple IP security levels then set to 1024 You must coordinate this value with the packet level value Fast Select Request Off Fast Select Accept Off Reverse Charge Request Off Reverse Charge Accept Off User Facility Null DDN BFE Enable CUG Facility Format None continued 114065 Rev A 3 53 Configuring IP Services Table 3 4 BFE X 25 Network Service Record Parameter Settings X 25 Parameter BFE Required Setting CUG Facility Type This parameter is ignored CUG Number This parameter is ignored 3 54 114065 Rev A Chapter 4 Customizing RIP Services This chapter consists of the following sections Enabling and Disabling RIP on an Interface page 4 2 Selecting the RIP Version page 4 2 Sending RIP Updates on an Interface page 4 3 Sending Triggered Updates page 4 4 Specifying a Time to Live Value page 4 5 Receiving RIP Updates on an Interface
363. ueries over an Unnumbered Interface page 8 6 e Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on a Router page 8 6 e Specifying a TTL Value for a Rebroadcast Packet page 8 6 e Enabling the Insertion of Record Route Option page 8 7 e Configuring a NetBIOS Cache page 8 7 Enabling Name Caching on the Router page 8 8 Creating a MIB Instance for a Cached Name page 8 8 Specifying the Size of the Name Cache page 8 8 Aging a Cache Entry page 8 9 Customizing a Cache Search page 8 10 e Configuring NetBIOS on an IP Interface page 8 11 Enabling and Disabling NetBIOS on an Interface page 8 11 Enabling Name Caching on the Interface page 8 11 Disabling Inbound and Outbound Broadcasts page 8 11 Supplying a Rebroadcast Address page 8 12 e Configuring a Static NetBIOS Name and Address page 8 12 Enabling and Disabling Static Name Caching page 8 12 Specifying the NetBIOS Station Name page 8 12 Specifying the NetBIOS Station Address page 8 13 e Adding a Traffic Filter to a NetBIOS Interface page 8 14 114065 Rev A 8 1 Configuring IP Services NetBIOS Concepts and Terminology The Network Basic Input Output System NetBIOS is a session layer communications service used by client and server applications in IBM Token Ring and PC LAN networks NetBIOS provides applications with a programming interface for sharing services and information across a variety of lower layer network protocols including I
364. ulation If your resolution scheme is ARP Probe select Ethernet LSAP encapsulation SNAP LSAP encapsulation or Ethernet SNAP LSAP encapsulation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 71 SMDS Group Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces The SDMS configured address A complete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider Provides a MAC layer multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network This parameter is displayed only if this is an SMDS circuit Enter an entire E 164 address for example E1 617 555 1212 FFFF If you do not supply an address IP uses the SDMS configured address To configure this parameter for a multinet or multigroup configuration refer to Configuring SMDS 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 4 1 65 114065 Rev A A 31 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID SMDS Arp Reg Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Interfaces The SDMS configured address A complete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider Provides an address resolution multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network This parameter is only displayed if this is an SMDS circuit Enter an entire E 164 address for
365. ult Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables OSPF on all router interfaces Set to Disable if you want to disable OSPF for the entire router Set to Enable if you previously disabled OSPF on the router and now want to re enable it 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 2 Router ID Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Global The IP address of the first OSPF circuit configured on this router Any IP address preferably one of the router s IP interface addresses This IP address uniquely identifies this router in the OSPF domain By convention and to ensure uniqueness one of the router s IP interface addresses should be used as the router ID The router ID will determine the designated router on a broadcast link if the priority values of the routers being considered are equal The higher the router ID the greater its priority Enter the appropriate IP address in dotted decimal notation If both OSPF and BGP are running on the router the OSPF router ID must be identical to the BGP identifier In addition the OSPF router ID must match one of the IP addresses configured on the router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 1 4 114065 Rev A A 73 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Defaul
366. unction Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt TFTP Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether TFTP is enabled for the IP router Select Enable to enable TFTP for the IP router Because TFTP allows write access to the router s file system we recommend that you do not enable TFTP in network environments in which you are concerned with security Select Disable to disable TFTP for the IP router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 6 1 Default Volume Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt TFTP 2 11213141516171819110111112113114 Specifies which of the router s slots will be used by default for all TFTP GETs and PUTs Specify the appropriate slot number If you are configuring an AN router you must specify slot 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 6 2 114065 Rev A A 53 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Retry Time Out Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt TFTP 5 seconds Any number of seconds Specifies the number of seconds TFTP waits for an acknowledgment before retransmitting the last packet Specify the appropriate number of seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 6 4 Close Time Out Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt
367. upport for import and export filters will be discontinued IP accept policies and the subset of parameters provided by import filters govern the addition of new RIP OSPF BGP or EGP derived routes to the routing tables When RIP OSPF BGP or EGP receives a new routing update it consults its accept policies to validate the information before entering the update into the routing tables Accept policies contain search information to match fields in incoming routing updates and action information to specify the action to take with matching routes IP announce policies and the subset of parameters provided by export filters govern the propagation of RIP OSPF BGP or EGP routing information When preparing a routing advertisement RIP OSPF BGP or EGP consults its announce policies to determine whether the routes to specific networks are to be advertised and how they are to be propagated Announce policies contain network numbers to associate a policy with a specific network and action information to specify a route propagation procedure Every IP router maintains a table of current routing information The routing table manager receives routing updates from the network through the Internet protocols running on the router Periodically the routing table manager issues routing updates through the protocols Figure 1 3 shows a router configured with all of the Internet protocols supported by Bay Networks OSPF RIP BGP 3 BGP 4
368. uration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 4 3 or 4 Specifies the minimum acceptable BGP version to run on this peer connection Specify BGP 3 or BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 8 114065 Rev A A 7 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Max BGP Version Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 4 3 or 4 Specifies the maximum acceptable BGP version to run on this peer connection Specify BGP 3 or BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 9 Peer AS Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers None 1 to 65535 Identifies the autonomous system to which the BGP router at the remote end of this BGP peer connection belongs Either accept the current value or enter a new one 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 5 1 2 1 10 External Advertisement Timer Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt BGP gt Peers 5 seconds 1 to 2147483647 Specifies the minimum number of seconds allowed between BGP updates for this peer connection Either accept the current value or enter a value greater than zero seconds The external advertisement interval controls how often the IP routing table is examined for changes BGP update messages for routes t
369. uration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of IP addresses of EGP peers If a peer appears in this list the policy applies to EGP advertisements sent to that peer Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that the policy applies to any BGP peer EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 22 114065 Rev A B 41 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID EGP Interface List Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies a list of outgoing interfaces If an interface appears on this list the policy applies to EGP advertisements sent via that interface Specify one or more IP addresses Use the default empty list to indicate that this policy applies to any outbound interface EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 23 EGP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies 0 0 or an export metric value Specifies an optional export metric to use when advertising a route that matches this policy Select the default to indicate that the routing table metric calculated for EGP is to be used This parameter is v
370. ute IP discards the new route e IP determines that the new route is better than the current route IP discards the current route and replaces it with the new route In the event that the routing table contains multiple equal cost best routes IP discards all of these routes e IP determines that the new route and the current route have the same cost IP adds the new route to the routing table up to a maximum number that you specify If the routing table already contains the maximum number of equal cost routes learned from OSPF IP discards the routes You can use Site Manager to specify the number of equal cost routes up to five that IP can store in the routing table Site Manager OSPF Maxium Path parameter page A 77 For information about configuring equal cost multipath support on the router see Enabling Equal Cost Multipath Support on page 3 11 114065 Rev A 5 13 Configuring IP Services Configuring OSPF on an IP Interface The following sections describe features that you can configure on an OSPF interface Enabling and Disabling OSPF When you add OSPF to an IP interface OSPF is automatically enabled on that interface The interface will be advertised as an internal route In addition the interface can be used to form a neighbor relationship You can use Site Manager to disable and re enable OSPF on an interface Site Manager Enable parameter page A 78 Each OSPF interface on the
371. uter to every other router The Hello protocol always elects a backup designated router along with the designated router Its responsibility is to take over all of the designated router s functions should the designated router fail 5 4 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services OSPF Areas OSPF routers reduce and restrict the amount of internal and external routing information that is flooded through the AS by dividing the AS into areas Figure 5 1 shows an OSPF autonomous system divided into three areas and a required central area called a backbone that is used to distribute routing information among areas EGP Backbone Area 0 0 0 0 Stub Area 0 0 0 2 BGP Area 0 0 0 3 IP0048A Figure 5 1 OSPF Areas 114065 Rev A 5 5 Configuring IP Services Area Internal Routers A router with interfaces to networks in one area only is considered to be an area internal router Internal routers flood each area with complete routing information about changes that occur within the area In Area 0 0 0 1 for example R4 R5 and R6 are internal routers Area Border Router A router with an interface to the backbone network and interfaces to one or more additional areas is considered to be a border router Each border router connects one or more areas to the backbone In Figure 5 1 R3 R8 and R11 are border routers Using the backbone border routers ensure that ASEs and summaries of routing information for all
372. uthentication field of all OSPF packets across this interface This parameter is valid only when Authentication Type is set to Simplepassword Enter the appropriate password All routers in the same area must either have no authentication or have the same password 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 17 MTU Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces 1 11 21a number up to 10 000 Specifies the maximum transmission unit MTU size of OSPF updates on this interface Accept the default value 1 to use the IP MTU size for that physical interface Enter 2 to send packets no larger than the IP MTU size for Ethernet 1500 Enter a number up to 10 000 to specify an MTU size directly the number you enter must be less than the IP MTU size for that physical interface When running OSPF over a synchronous PPP link set the MTU size to a value less than the sync MTU size 1200 This allows all OSPF routes to be learned over the link 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 3 5 1 29 114065 Rev A A 83 Configuring IP Services Neighbor Parameters for an NBMA Interface Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Neighbor s IP Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt OSPF gt Interfaces gt Neighbors gt Add None IP address of neighbor Indicates by IP address a nonbroa
373. vertised Note that by default BGP 4 aggregates subnets into their natural network IDs If you supply a list that includes the encoding 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 the actual network IDs are advertised along with the other IDs in the advertise list This allows advertisement of an aggregate or default along with the actual network If the actual network is a subnet and the advertising protocol supports subnet advertisements the subnet is advertised RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 2 1 10 OSPF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 4 1 10 EGP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 6 1 10 BGP 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 8 1 10 BGP 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 6 10 1 10 B 26 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Path Path Path Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID MIB Object ID Routing Policies From RIP Gateway Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt RIP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt OSPF gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt EGP gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP3 gt Announce Policies Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Policy Filters gt BGP4 gt Announce Policies An empty list A list of IP addresses Specifies the addresses of one o
374. vertising of this route is suppressed If you set this parameter to Aggregate the network is not explicitly advertised Instead the default route 0 0 0 0 is advertised Either accept the default Propagate or select Ignore or Aggregate 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 6 114065 Rev A C 7 Configuring IP Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP Metric Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt RIP gt Export Filters 0 the actual route cost as learned 0 to 15 Assigns a RIP cost to the propagated route The value 0 causes the actual route cost as learned to be used Accept the default value 0 or enter a new value Do not use a value that exceeds the diameter of the RIP network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 9 1 8 OSPF Route Filters OSPF Import Filters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Route Filters gt OSPF gt Import Filters None An IP address Identifies by IP address the network to which this filter applies If set to 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Enter the appropriate network address in dotted decimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 10 1 3 C 8 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Import and Export Route Filters
375. vi 114065 Rev A InfoFACTS Technical Support and Online Services InfoFACTS is the Bay Networks free 24 hour fax on demand service This automated system has libraries of technical and product documents designed to help you manage and troubleshoot your Bay Networks products The system responds to a fax from the caller or to a third party within minutes of being accessed To use InfoFACTS in the United States or Canada call toll free 1 800 786 3228 Outside North America toll calls can be made to 1 408 764 1002 In Europe toll free numbers are also available for contacting both InfoFACTS and CompuServe Please check our Web page for the listing in your country How to Get Help Use the following numbers to reach your Bay Networks Technical Response Center Technical Response Center Telephone Number Fax Number Billerica MA 1 800 2LANWAN 508 670 8765 Santa Clara CA 1 800 2LANWAN 408 764 1188 Valbonne France 33 92 968 968 Sydney Australia 612 9927 8800 612 9927 8811 Tokyo Japan 81 3 5402 0180 33 92 966 998 81 3 5402 0173 114065 Rev A xxvii Chapter 1 IP Concepts Terminology and Features The following sections introduce concepts and terminology used in this manual e IP Addresses page 1 2 Subnet Addressing page 1 4 Supernet Addressing page 1 7 Classless Interdomain Routing page 1 8 e Autonomous Systems
376. vices Site Manager Weight Value 1 parameter page A 12 Site Manager Weight Value 8 parameter page A 14 Configuring Routing Policies BGP accept and announce policies govern which routes a router uses and which routes it propagates to other routers Note By default an external BGP 3 or BGP 4 speaker will neither advertise any routes to a peer nor inject any routes into its IGP Route policies must be configured to enable any route advertisement So that every BGP border router within an AS comes to the same decision in constructing path attributes for an external path route policies must be coordinated between all of the BGP speakers within an AS It is suggested that the accept and announce policies on all IBGP connections accept and propagate all routes On external BGP connections consistent routing policy decisions should be made Note In addition to announce and accept policies Bay Networks supports import and export filters for BGP 3 Import and export filters provide a subset of the parameters provided by the policies In a future release support for import and export filters will be discontinued When a BGP speaker receives a route in an Update message it applies any local routing policies to determine whether the router will use the route and whether it will propagate the route to other routers Then if the route can be used it is compared against routes from other protocols and possibly included
377. vices Starting BGP Before you can select a protocol to run on the router you must configure a circuit that the protocol can use as interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring Line Services The Select Protocols window opens 1 Select IP and BGP from the Select Protocols window and click on OK Site Manager displays the IP configuration window 2 Edit the IP Configuration Window as described in Starting IP on page 2 3 3 Click on OK The BGP Configuration window opens 4 Supply the following information e BGP identifier There is no default for this ID Use Site Manager to supply the IP address of one of the router s interfaces Site Manager Identifier parameter page A 1 e Local autonomous system number There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to supply the appropriate AS number Site Manager Local AS parameter page A 1 5 Click on OK The BGP Peer window opens 114065 Rev A 2 9 Configuring IP Services 6 Supply the following information e IP address of the remote peer There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to supply the IP address on the remote side of this peer to peer connection Site Manager Peer Address parameter page A 6 e The remote peer AS number There is no default for this parameter Use Site Manager to supply the number of the AS in which the remote peer is located
378. vider ISP features Use this parameter to configure BGP as a soloist and to disable the use of forwarding tables on IP interfaces 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 1 19 114065 Rev A A 45 Configuring IP Services IP Accounting Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global Enable Enable Disable Enables and disables IP Accounting on the router Use this parameter to disable and re enable IP Accounting 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 20 1 1 2 Threshold Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 512 entries 1 to 10 240 entries Specifies the maximum number of entries in the IP Accounting table Specify a maximum number that meets the requirements of IP Accounting on this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 20 1 1 3 Trap Percent Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Global 80 percent 1 to 100 percent Specifies a value a percentage of the maximum number of entries in the accounting table that causes IP Accounting to send a trap message Specify a percentage that meets the requirements of IP Accounting on this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 20 1 1 5 A 46 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function
379. want to restrict the paths that datagrams follow to paths you specifically configure Static routes remain in IP routing tables until you remove them Note however that if the interface that was used to reach the next hop in the static route becomes disabled the static route disappears from the IP routing table You can use Site Manager to Specify the state active or inactive of the static route record in the IP routing tables Specify the IP address of the network to which you want to configure the static route Specify the subnet mask of the destination network Specify the number of router hops a datagram can traverse before reaching the destination IP address The IP router uses the cost value when determining the best route for a datagram to follow Specify the IP address of the next hop router Specify the subnet mask of the next hop router Specify a weighted value from 1 to 16 with 16 being the most preferred that the IP router uses to select a route when its routing tables contain multiple routes to the same destination Specify the local router circuit associated with the static route over an unnumbered interface Site Manager Enable parameter page A 47 Site Manager Destination IP Address parameter page A 48 Site Manager Address Mask parameter page A 48 Site Manager Cost parameter page A 49 Site Manager Next Hop Addr parameter page A 49 Site Manager Next Hop Mask parameter page A 49 Site M
380. works Using a link state algorithm OSPF exchanges routing information between routers in an autonomous system Routers synchronize their topological databases Once the routers are synchronized and the routing tables are built the routers will flood topology information only in response to some topological change For OSPF the best path to a destination is the path that offers the least cost metric delay In OSPF cost metrics are configurable allowing you to specify preferred paths OSPF supports CIDR and can carry supernet advertisements within a routing domain Border Gateway Protocol BGP The Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an exterior gateway protocol used to exchange network reachability information with other BGP systems BGP routers form relationships with other BGP routers Using an entity called a BGP speaker BGP routers transmit and receive current routing information over a reliable transport layer connection Because a reliable transport mechanism is used periodic updates are not necessary BGP updates contain path attributes that describe the route to a set of destination networks When multiple paths are available BGP compares these path attributes to choose the preferred path BGP 3 and BGP 4 are supported BGP 4 is the border gateway protocol that supports CIDR Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP The Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP 2 is an exterior gateway protocol used to exchange network reachability i
381. works supports both spanning tree explorer STE and all route explorer ARE ARP packets You can use Site Manager to configure source route endnode support on a per circuit basis Site Manager also allows you to select STE or ARE ARP packets Site Manager TR Endstation parameter page A 30 Site Manager TR Endstation ARP Type parameter page A 38 114065 Rev A 3 23 Configuring IP Services Configuring an SMDS Address By default if the interface is connected to an SMDS network IP uses the SMDS configured addresses You can use Site Manager to supply e Acomplete SMDS E 164 address specified by the SMDS subscription agreement that you have with your SMDS provider e An address resolution multicast address for this IP interface in an SMDS network Site Manager SMDS Group Address parameter page A 31 Site Manager SMDS Arp Req Address parameter page A 32 Configuring a WAN Address for a Frame Relay Network If the interface is connected to a Frame Relay Network you can use Site Manager to configure e A broadcast address If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will broadcast the message e A multicast address for this IP interface that will send messages to all OSPF routers in a Frame Relay network If you enter a value for this parameter the Frame Relay switch rather than the router will send the message to all OSPF routers e A multicast addr
382. ws boundary routers in an AS to exchange information about external routes The specific nature of this information is outside the scope of OSPF By default Bay Networks boundary routers that generate ASEs set the external route tag field to 0 For a boundary router running OSPF and BGP the network administrator can configure OSPF to set the external route tag field with a value in accordance with RFC 1403 OSPF BGP Interaction In Figure 5 5 for example boundary router A running OSPF and BGP learns external routes via BGP 1 Router A generates an ASE describing the route OSPF fills in the external route tag with BGP specific information according to RFC 1403 2 Router A injects the ASE into the AS and OSPF routers flood the ASE throughout the AS 3 Router B which runs OSPF and BGP receives the ASE Router B generates a BGP update using the contents of the external route tag to set the Origin and AS Path attributes in the update 5 28 114065 Rev A Customizing OSPF Services BGP EGP Backbone Stub Area Area B AS External Route IP0001A Figure 5 5 AS External Route Tag You can use Site Manager to select the tag generation method Site Manager Tag Generation Method parameter page A 77 114065 Rev A 5 29 Configuring IP Services Configuring Authentication on an Interface OSPF provides a measure of security for an area through the use of passwords If an ar
383. y use this parameter to disable Router Discovery 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 2 Broadcast Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery Multicast Multicast Local Direct Specifies the type of broadcast to use in sending advertisements Use Multicast wherever possible that is on any link where all listening hosts support IP multicast 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 5 Minimum Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 450 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the minimum time interval between advertisements Specify a value that is no less than 3 seconds and less than the value you set for the Maximum Interval parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 6 A 64 114065 Rev A Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager Parameters Maximum Interval Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IP gt Router Discovery 600 A value specifying the number of seconds Specifies the maximum time interval between advertisements Specify a value that is not less than 4 seconds is greater than the value you specified for the Minimum Interval parameter and is not greater than 1800 seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 3 2 1 17 1 7

Avaya Configuring IP Services User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents